Home

HP Color LaserJet 3000/3600/3800 Series Service Manual

1. Figure 4 8 Multipurpose tray pickup mechanism Feed speed control To optimize print quality the pickup and feed motor rotates at different speeds depending on the type of media E NOTE In the following table normal speed is 22 ppm for the HP CLJ 3800 and 3600 models Normal speed is 30 ppm for the HP CLJ 3000 model 56 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Media type HP CLJ 3800 HP CLJ 3600 HP CLJ 3000 full HP CLJ 3000 color mode monochrome mode Plain 22 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 30 ppm Rough 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Thin 22 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 30 ppm Thick 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Thicker 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Postcard 4 5 speed 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Thicker postcard 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Glossy 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Heavy Glossy 11 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Extra Heavy glossy 8 8 to 9 ppm 3 5 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Envelope 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Label 17 6 to 18 ppm 13 6 to 14 ppm 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Gloss film 8 8 to 9 ppm 3 5 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Transparency 8 8 to 9 ppm 3 5 7 5 ppm 15 ppm Pickup and feed system 57 Sensor jam detection 1 Cartridge sensor assembly Paper and registration sensor covers Cassette media sensor HP Color LaserJet 3600 and 3800 only Temperatur
2. sss 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer sss eee 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer ssssssssssssssee eee 4 Features at a Glan Ce ET 5 Walkaround 7 Control pariel Verid W test esnatistesus i ecu Re EDD eaaa aa a sagas FRATRE TR RR TERRE 9 Control panel indicator igs escria a aa EEEE NEAR 10 Display orner aE T E A NEEE ies 10 Printer SoftWare AT 12 HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer and HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer ro ANYA K A E E A O E ntvenedy 12 HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer drivers ssssssseeee 12 Additional eI Rc 13 Software for MEtworks cccccceccecceceeee eee eeececceceaaeaaeeaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesedeeceqesaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeess 13 HP Web Jetadmin e Ree npe a Re FOROR RRE ROMS UR RE MERI QN e RR aia dia 13 Hp 13 EDU d aada 14 U E E Em 14 HP Easy Printer Care Sofware eseina kaana eene 14 Embedded Web server sss nennen 14 Other components and utilities 14 Print media specifications sssssssssssssssssessessesee enne rrr nnn sensn sensns EEE EE nennen 16 Supported media types cir rire eaec te i te E ek a TE eua run ete cre aa 16 Supported media SIZES
3. Ne TOP OF PAGE signa ONE SIDED PAEPR signal MULTIPURPOSE TRAY PAPER signal FUSER PRESSURE RELEASE signa MULTI PURPOSE TRAY PAPER POSITION signa MULTIPURPOSE TRAY MEDIA DETECTION signal Y cartridge Photosensitive drum C cartridge Photosensitive drum M cartridge eru Sw2 oc o SR707 Multipurpose tray pickup roller Cassette pickup roller Figure 4 6 Pickup and feed system sensors Registration roller Only for duplex model SR705 Fuser pressure release sensor SR706 Output bin full sensor SR707 Multipurpose tray paper sensor SR708 Multipurpose tray paper position sensor HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only 54 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW SR709 Cassette paper presence sensor SR710 Top of page sensor SR714 One sided paper sensor SR6001 Paper warp sensor SR6005 Fuser paper sensor Sw2 Cassette presence switch Cassette pickup mechanism When the cassette is correctly installed SW2 detects its presence The cassette paper sensor SR709 detects whether media is present in the cassette and the cassette media sensor detects the type of media When the cassette is correctly installed and the co
4. RC1 6521 000CN Gear 18T HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 RC1 6573 000CN Bushing Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6575 000CN Gear 29T Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6584 000CN Cam gear 48T Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6589 000CN RC1 6593 000CN Gear 41T Gear 19T 30T Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6594 000CN Gear 31T Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6596 000CN RC1 6605 000CN RC1 6607 000CN Gear 17T 41T Flag developing estrangement developing separation Cover connector Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RC1 6611 000CN Cover paper sensor Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RC1 6612 000CN Cover registration sensor Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RC1 6627 000CN Cover rear Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RC1 6629 000CN Guide cartridge left Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6631 000CN Holder fan Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6632 000CN Duct fan Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6633 000CN RC1 6636 000CN Lever lock left
5. Holder toner cartridge RC1 6771 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 controller formatter HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series only Q5987 67901 PCAs on page 303 Interlock switch assembly RM1 2670 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Latch left Latch right RC1 7554 000CN RC1 7555 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Lever lock left RC1 6633 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Lever lock slide left RC1 6636 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Lever lock slide right Lever lock left upper RC1 6643 000CN RC1 7618 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Lever lock right RC1 6640 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Lever sensing RC1 7597 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Link multipurpose tray tray 1 hinge left Link multipurpose tray tray 1 hinge right RC1 6381 000CN RC1 6382 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Low voltage power PCA assembly 110V 127V Low voltage power PCA assembly 220V 240V Lower guide assembly duplex models RK2 0956 000CN RK2 0957 000CN RM1 2722 000CN PCAs on page 303 PCAs on page 30
6. ccccece cece ee ceecceececcaecaeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseasaecaaaaaaeaaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 16 2 Installation and configuration What Eandoo uc 20 Site requiremielits esee rne rr ERR REGERE TENE ced geass D A E EE E A E ELR i 21 Phiysical specifiCatlons deed are rire eure epa aa aa x rua a a cca 21 Connecting to a network or a compulter ssssssssseeeee eene nennen nennen rre 22 isnt gc 24 Installing memory DIMMS c 24 To install memory and font DIMMSs ssses mee 24 Enabling merory iuit tere enge ES S Ege e RE Aaa dmn eas aad derer 27 To enable memory for Windows eee 27 Checking DIMM installation mmn 27 ENWW To check DIMM installation eeceeee n 27 3 Maintenance Understanding approximate supplies replacement intervals sss 30 aeneum c Eaa 31 Locating supplies terraa t n tt en d Eg saan dex adu ep added iue a dede s 31 Supply replacement guidelines sss nennen 31 Replacing the fUser 2 icio trece e Uh pasted ee be 2 d ie ED E a eade 32 Managing the print cartridge coniicere suds edlen dede EE 33 HP print cartridges ritiro titre eee cnet ode Deb e dba De E e x Lat Pa od Te ai 33 Non HP print cartridges ssssssssessseenne eene enne ener 33 Print cartridge authentication occi
7. sssssssssseeeeees 298 EUSOF corii dete etta et ine tta um fen dence ti 300 PCAS eian ea beni hort hives A edt US pe e OEIL 302 ENWW Figure 7 24 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 emnes 304 Figure 7 25 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly ssssssssssssssssssssseeneennenen enne 306 Figure 7 26 500 sheet feeder PGA ais ruere d dee ode sodes dia ce e ced red Leite 308 ENWW xvii xviii ENWW ENWW Product information e Quick access to printer information e Printers at a glance e Features at a glance e Walkaround e Control panel overview e Printer software e Print media specifications Quick access to printer information Several references are available for use with this printer e HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer www hp com support clj3000 e HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer www hp com support clj3600 e HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer www hp com support clj3800 Table 1 1 Printer guides Guide Description Getting started guide Provides step by step instructions for installing and setting up the printer HP Jetdirect Embedded Print Provides instructions to configure and troubleshoot the HP Jetdirect print server Server Administrators Guide Accessory and consumable Provide step by step instructions for installing the accessories and supplies These guides installation guides are supplied with the optional printer accessories a
8. Paper pickup drive assembly RM1 2679 000CN Paper pickup drive assembly on page 277 Paper pickup roller assembly 500 sheet feeder PCA assembly 500 sheet feeder RM1 2727 000CN RM1 2583 000CN 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 500 sheet feeder PCA on page 309 Photointerruptor WG8 5696 000CN 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 Plate gear 3 Position guide assembly duplex models Preregistration guide assembly HP CLJ 3000 RL1 1069 000CN RM1 2719 000CN RM1 2775 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models on page 299 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Relay PCA RM1 2582 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Right rear base assembly RM1 2678 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Rod link left RC1 6639 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Rod link right RC1 6646 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Alphabetical parts list 317 Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Scanner assembly HP CLJ 3000 RM1 2952 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Scanner assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2640 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Sensor media assembly RM1 2757 000CN
9. The printer senses a different media type 1 Press v to print from a different tray from what is configured in the tray 2 To print from the current tray load the tray with the size and type indicated Ensure that all trays are configured correctly before printing again 41 X ERROR alternates with To continue press v A printer error has occurred 1 Press v to continue or press for more information X Description 2 Ifthe message persists after exiting the 2 Beam detected misprint error help turn the printer off and then on 49 XXXXX ERROR alternates with To continue turn off then on A critical firmware error has occurred 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 Try printing a job from a different program If the job prints try printing a different file from the original program If the message appears only with a certain program or print job contact the software vendor for assistance 3 Ifthe message persists with different programs and print jobs disconnect all of the printer cables that connect to the network or the computer 4 Turn the printer off 5 Remove all memory DIMMs or third party DIMMs from the printer Do not remove the firmware DIMM in the lower slot J1 6 Remove the printer EIO card 7 Turnthe printer on 8 Ifthe error does not persist install each DIMM and EIO device one at a time Turn the printer off and then on again after installing each device 9
10. Fi y lg odor D 5 sz sanas v s 8 E z 1 i sce E ERE s 3 Acura i a faz 1eo0A i so Sores r 189 DER pe i i S3acwa i a 45 18 8 E ano ERI E Lm ze 22823 S GE I ss nd E a emer ro 8 8 3 8 Ca LHR ano wads Cay m Sama Y Srp 08 Lu asman up alla Q ies Sanar z sre us EIS on rz zvoan i E a a a a E mvaa a IH at sovear s i ole or E zllz 3 au v suis lu se ano 1 EN E 1 9 Saat War usisay L irs ili 2 Saar pH SHS a Rs s troom B 1E 38 2 JP e sj te Ec AS Fu Od i AuezuWG __ 10 Ala aue ano Fa Ssaear T Ie gsusau p is a z H l Hatle cusa ie ano B iran gfe ole TNIVOHSAH y ano 8 x 5 Su ane RS i m Se onivousay 8 5 5 S ej win J Y 4 J 5 z ususau L 5 8 E Figure 6 15 General circuit diagram 1 of 2 ENWW Service ID 249 iun 4epee4 1edeg 1eeus oos d storus Ua LINNA X3dnd novis as i Fara oo H3 92 s 5 98 t a by la bo
11. From HD Applications Utilities Print Center start the Print Center If the printer appears in the Printer List delete the printer Click Add On the next page click the drop down menu and then select USB From the Printer Model drop down list select HP Under Model Name select the printer and then click Add Test the software installation Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed E NOTE If the installation failed reinstall the software Connecting to a network or a computer 23 Printer memory 24 ET NOTE This information applies to the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers have one DIMM slot e More printer memory DIMMs are available in 128 256 and 512 MB increments e Other DIMM based printer languages and printer options are available ET NOTE Single in line memory modules SIMMs that are used on previous HP LaserJet printers are not compatible with these printers You might want to add more memory to the printer if you often print complex graphics or PostScript documents if you use many downloaded fonts or if a Jetdirect EIO print server will be installed for network printing capabilities Additional memory also allows the printer to print multiple collated copies at the maximum speed Before ordering additional memory see how much memory is currently installed by printing a configurati
12. eene nnns 74 Figure 5 4 Remove the front cover 1 Of 7 sitet creta be ce e sa E een parer ens 75 Figure 5 5 Remove the front cover 2 Of 7 Ud e bites BED ee Eee e nera bct ure deme dora Seda das 76 Figure 5 6 Remove the front cover 3 Of 7 niet esaet ees det ba aie eut RRE E HS Rao de duas 76 Figure 5 7 Remove tlie front cover 4 Of 7 epic EE ta Ceiba tel o sese tea PL DAE S ea ER DIE 77 Figure 5 8 Remove the front cover 5 of 7 cccccseeenseeeeeeecensneeeseneceensetesendecenseeesenecnensersesneceenseeseeeeenenseetese 77 Figure 5 9 Remove the front cover 6 Of Jic aen aei vend inire o dr ana oca RAR 78 Figure 5 10 Remove the front cover 7 of 7 sse eene enne 79 Figure 5 11 Remove the upper cover 1 Of 5 eese ere tenet ade tonne a eit ha aaa e Ras e ARR dera 80 Figure 5 12 Remove the upper cover 2 of 5 eene nnemerr nennen nn 80 Figure 5 13 Remove the upper cover 3 of 5 mestiere nentes nennt aaa a aen nnn a RT exa Ra RA RE da anas 81 Figure 5 14 Remove the upper cover 4 of 5 emeenen enne nn 81 Figure 5 15 Remove the upper cover 5 Of 5 eese tasse dtes tene saa e eas n aa aaa e RE R E RARA danh 82 Figure 5 16 Remove the rear lower cover 1 of 2 nennen 83 ENWW xiii Figure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 19 Figure 5 20 Figure 5 21 Figure 5 22 Figure 5 23 Figure 5 24 Figure 5 25 Figure 5 26 Figure 5 27 Figure 5 28 Figure 5 29 Figure 5 30 Figure 5 31 Figure 5 32 Figure 5 33 Figure 5 3
13. the wire harness is clipped correctly to the door ENWW External doors covers and panels 79 Upper cover fuser door 1 Rotate the output bin towards the front of the printer and remove it Figure 5 11 Remove the upper cover 1 of 5 2 Open the upper cover and then squeeze the two blue fuser locking levers to release the fuser Rotate the fuser up and out of the printer A CAUTION The fuser might be hot Wait for the fuser to cool before you remove it Figure 5 12 Remove the upper cover 2 of 5 80 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Support the upper cover and remove four screws callout 1 ET NOTE The screw in the recessed area see Figure 5 13 Remove the upper cover 3 of 5 on page 81 is longer than the other three mounting screws Make sure to replace this Screw in the correct location when installing the upper cover _ PE mme p Figure 5 13 Remove the upper cover 3 of 5 4 Liftup slightly on the right of the upper cover and disconnect one connector callout 2 Figure 5 14 Remove the upper cover 4 of 5 ENWW External doors covers and panels 81 5 Lift the upper cover to remove it Figure 5 15 Remove the upper cover 5 of 5 si ATA Hint Make sure that the upper cover is seated correctly when it is reinstalled Wire harness cables can block the cover alignment pin and become pinched or frayed when the cover is fastened to th
14. 252 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Related documentation and software Table 7 1 Technical support Web sites HP Customer Care Online www hp com go support Software drivers support documentation and answers to frequently asked questions HP Technical Training North America www hp com go resellertraining Classes and schedules Accessories and supplies Table 7 2 Accessories and supplies Item Part number Service exchange number Description Memory DIMMs Q7721A Q7721 67951 Synchronous 128 MB DDR SDRAM DIMM HP Color LaserJet awe wm ooqccs _ q_qe 3000 3800 Series only Q7722A Q7722 67951 Synchronous 256 MB DDR SDRAM DIMM Q7723A Q7723 67951 Synchronous 512 MB DDR SDRAM DIMM 500 sheet feeder tray 3 Q5985A Q5985 67901 Optional accessory Internal EIO connectivity for J6073A HP EIO high performance the HP Color LaserJet 3000 hard disk and 3800 Series printers J7934A HP Jetdirect 620n print server 10 100 TX Ethernet J7960A HP Jetdirect 625n print server 10 100 1000T Ethernet J7961A HP Jetdirect 635n IPv6 IPsec Gigabit print server J7972G HP 1284 parallel card J6035D G HP Jetdirect 175x print server fast Ethernet value feature set 10 100 TX USB 1 1 J7942A HP Jetdirect en3700 print server fast Ethernet 10 100 TX USB 2 0 J7951A HP Jetdirect ew2400 wired wireless print server fast Ethernet value feature set USB 2
15. Missing color Image in a particular color does not come out in color See Table 6 17 Causes for a missing color on page 216 Blank spots Blank spots appear in image See Table 6 18 Causes for blank spots on page 216 210 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Table 6 3 Image defects continued Image defect Description More information Poor fusing Toner image is not fully fixed on the media See Table 6 19 Causes for poor fusing on page 216 Distorted Image Image is distorted See Table 6 19 Causes for poor fusing on page 216 Color misregistration Some color is misregistered See Table 6 21 Causes for color misregistration on page 217 Smearing Image smeared in whole or in part See Table 6 22 Causes for smearing on page 218 Misplaced image Whole image is incorrectly placed See Table 6 23 Causes for a misplaced image on page 218 Reversed color White in image is output in color and color is See Table 6 24 Causes for output in white reversed color on page 218 Snail tracks Streaks on the page that look like snail tracks See Table 6 25 Causes for snail the media might wrinkle tracks on page 218 Light image Table 6 4 Causes for light images Cause Solution The image density is not adjusted correctly Calibrate the printer The transfer unit has deteriorated If the transfer unit is at the end of its life or its surface has deteriora
16. See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to identify the roller with which the problem is associated Clean the dirty roller Replace the roller if the dirt does not come off C Dirty multipurpose tray pickup roller Clean dirt from the roller Replace the roller if the dirt does not come off Defective transfer unit Check the transfer unit surface If it is scratched or dented replace it Defective transfer unit cleaning blade Replace the transfer unit Vertical lines Table 6 13 Causes for vertical lines Cause Solution Photosensitive drum has grooves on the circumference Replace the cartridge that produces the vertical lines Fuser sleeve has grooves on the circumference Replace the fuser White vertical lines If the lines appear in a particular color go to step A If they appear in a full color print go to step B Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 14 Causes for white vertical lines Cause Solution A Scratches on the circumference of the developing cylinder print cartridge Replace the print cartridge Scratches on the circumference of the photosensitive drum Replace the print cartridge B Vertical scratches on the transfer unit Replace the transfer unit Vertical scratches on the fuser sleeve Replace the fuser Horizontal line If the line appears in a particular color go to step A If it appears in the full color pri
17. Table 7 12 Paper pickup drive assembly Description Part number Paper pickup drive assembly RM1 2679 000CN ENWW Paper pickup drive assembly 277 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models Figure 7 11 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models 278 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 13 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models Description Part number Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models RM1 2720 000CN ENWW Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models 279 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models J823 i J850 J805 J801 2 J802 Figure 7 12 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models 280 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 14 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models Ref Description Part number Qty All Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models RM1 2721 000CN 1 1 Cable duplexing duplex models RM1 2616 000CN 1 2 Cable duplexing sensor duplex models RM1 2618 000CN 1 ENWW Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models 281 Developing separation drive assembly Figure 7 13 Developing separation drive assembly 282 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 15 Developing separation drive assembly Description Part number Developing separation estrangement drive assembly RM1 2687 000CN ENWW Developing separation drive assembly 283 Fuser drive assembly J213 EN SKN F
18. Embedded Web server to configure network settings only administrator tool for network connected models only Host formatter Control panel help HP Easy Printer Care Software a Windows or Macintosh based status and troubleshooting tool Windows and Macintosh printer drivers Embedded Web server to gain access to support and to order supplies administrator tool for network connected models only HP formatter Printer drivers e HPPCL 5c HP JetReady 4 2 HP PCL 5c e HPPCL6 HP PCL 6 e PostScript 3 emulation PostScript 3 emulation Storage features e Fonts forms and other macros None Fonts forms and other macros e Job retention Job retention Fonts e 80 internal fonts available for both None 80 internal fonts available for PCL and PostScript 3 emulation both PCL and PostScript 3 emulation e 80 printer matching screen fonts in TrueType format available with 80 printer matching screen fonts the software solution in TrueType format available with the software solution Accessories e Optional 500 sheet input tray e Optional 500 sheet input tray Optional 500 sheet input tray tray 3 standard on the tray 3 tray 3 standard on the HP Color LaserJet 3000dtn HP Color LaserJet 3800dtn printer printer e Dual inline memory modules DIMMs DIMMs Connectivity e Hi Speed USB 2 0 cable interface e Hi Speed USB 2 0 cable Hi Speed USB 2 0 cable interface interface e HP Jetdirect full featured embedded print server
19. Figure 5 51 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 2 of 8 4 Remove two screws callout 3 and then remove the two sheet metal covers callout 4 A CAUTION Do not bend the locator tabs on the covers Figure 5 52 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 3 of 8 112 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Release the locking tab callout 5 on the pickup and feed driver PCA cover callout 6 and then remove the cover A CAUTION Do notdamage or bend the print cartridge high voltage springs callout 7 when you remove the cover o Hint It might be easier to remove the cover if you squeeze the right end of the cover and then lift it slightly up and to the right to release it Figure 5 53 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 4 of 8 6 Disconnect five connectors callout 8 MA u AALAN Figure 5 54 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 5 of 8 ENWW Internal assemblies 113 7 Remove two screws callout 9 from the left side of the assembly ill Figure 5 55 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 6 of 8 Remove two screws callout 10 from the right side of the assembly si Q Hint When you reinstall the lower screw you might need to rotate the cam so it does not block access to the screw hole m tab i Figure 5 56 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 7 of 8 114 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 9 Lift the pickup and feed assembly out of the printer Figure 5
20. re gu 4 T aF 3 z 8h 5 g 9 n w Eo E anisa ls C aghi anj JE o 0 Cela Eri a BR 9 g8 Hf smoess i ve 8 8 8 8 20 eer ES 9 9 9 pt smor ff anma JL JL Ez aam 5 S 9 x Sansa Jr P samma ima reer lt ater 9 anot Hu g Sls ans E N Ni 8 Hiens H8 ge Hanse z TUNI OLT S 3 HANIVWOETT o T oq a gt Ne COsfrzN BN 3 m s 852030 8j L 9 Ns Ri enel s N fr 2 Ce E UNO zz MS HE Ssazwwos i 5 DOVEWNOS o Or waver EE ano e m cog E gt 8 a ces ssanwos 2 N E 8 Ur viar Fd m og soviwwos S 3 S a Ir sal vaar 2 E vrar gt Rosa o E aaa 2 I avewausa So vee Q ey 2 amp le ES E Kara 3 ll Fd inoaavaivz 9 le 5 0 LU a FEMA Tee cio Iz S NITE ivOGA zz v i TROUT RAE 5 mE Ca oe IO ed NS oz Me be 9n 55 Las E OTELOFaT Sr m ZHL tHL So ES ewe 2 aisveisi 7 gt 358 a08 Ming HINN ak j omna E aes ars 3 ease Gj 6O0ENIG Sue a anser i EXEC E a a Q gt B S008NId d ORE m Pa zrOdA st o a 8 S _ zooenia 23 O a avon d o 29 alg ROB g00eNid m 2 P28 anor O 5 22 ag 8 5 sooenies g ME N Je Qo Q 9 aer 8 c uU 1s OT OGA zr 5 i gs S z00enia Aves S 5 jo 7 oroar je Ee ime M ES 2 g a SST poe sos yaoa saos E aeron o S oi ower 7 0 Terms Gd GNe ez THLOBGT e El aeee a aanver ez t c im HE den I raid iem a ziBiocaT o 3 5 GE Tz i S j anos a 8 p one os SAPE L2 S vosrsr 1 usn
21. 2 RC1 7547 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Duct 3 Duct fan RC1 7548 000CN RC1 6632 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models RM1 2718 000CN Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models on page 299 Duplexing PCA assembly duplex models RM1 2584 000CN PCAs on page 303 Alphabetical parts list 313 314 Chapter 7 Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models RM1 2721 000CN Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models on page 281 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models Electronic transfer belt duplex models RM1 2720 000CN RM1 2711 000CN Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models on page 279 Electronic transfer belt duplex models on page 295 Electronic transfer belt simplex models RM1 2690 000CN Electronic transfer belt simplex models on page 293 Face down tray assembly HP CLJ 3000 RM1 2777 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Face down tray assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Fan RM1 2750 000CN RK2 0954 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Fan duplex models RK2 0954 000CN Fron
22. 2 of 2 on page 261 Upper cover assembly fuser door duplex models RM1 2714 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Upper cover assembly fuser door simplex models RM1 2671 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 318 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Numerical parts list Table 7 30 Numerical parts list Part number Description Table and page Q5982 67907 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3000n Series only PCAs on page 303 128 MB Q5982 67907 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3800 and 3800n Series only PCAs on page 303 128 MB Q5982 67908 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3000dn and 3000dtn Series PCAs on page 303 only 256 MB Q5982 67908 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3800dn and 3800dtn Series PCAs on page 303 only 256 MB Q5982 69001 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3000n Series PCAs on page 303 only 128 MB Q5982 69001 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3800 and 3800n Series PCAs on page 303 only 128 MB Q5982 69002 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3000dn and 3000dtn PCAs on page 303 Series only 256 MB Q5982 69002 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3800dn and 3800dtn PCAs on page 303 Series only 256 MB Q5985 67901 500 sheet feeder and cassette 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 Q5987 67901 controller formatter HP Color
23. 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 Cover cassette rear left RC1 6792 000CN RC1 6691 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Cover cassette rear right hinge External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Cover cassette roller assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cover cassette front RM1 6609 000CN RC1 6491 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 Cassette tray 2 on page 287 Cover connector RC1 6607 000CN RC1 6668 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cover crossmember upper Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Cover gear RC1 6405 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Cover guide crossmember RC1 6795 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 312 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Cover left RC1 6687 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Cover multipurpose tray tray 1 RC1 6690 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Cover paper sensor RC1 6611 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cover rear RC1 6627 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cover rear lower RC1 7550 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Cover regis
24. 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 Sensor temperature WP2 5214 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Separation pad assembly Separation pad holder assembly 500 sheet feeder RM1 2709 000CN RM1 2735 000CN Cassette tray 2 on page 287 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 Shield PCA RC1 7599 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Spring compression HP CLJ 3000 RC1 6520 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Spring grounding Spring grounding RC1 7583 000CN RC1 6641 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Spring tension RC1 6383 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Spring tension RC1 6636 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Spring tension Spring tension RC1 6677 000CN RC1 7552 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Spring tension RC1 7598 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Spring tension HP CLJ 3000 RC1 6516 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Top cover assembly duplex models Top cover assembly simplex models RM1 2713 000CN RM1 2672 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 External panels and covers
25. 500 sheet feeder right cover 1 Remove one screw callout 1 Figure 5 111 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover 1 of 3 sl uU Hint Before proceeding look at the following figure and note the location of the locking tabs on the right cover 156 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Carefully pry loose the two locking tabs along the top of the cover Figure 5 112 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover 2 of 3 Rotate the top of the cover away from the feeder to release three locking tabs along the bottom of the cover aum Figure 5 113 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover 3 of 3 ENWW 500 sheet feeder 157 500 sheet feeder left cover 1 Remove one screw callout 1 Figure 5 114 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 1 of 5 l zQ Hint Before proceeding look at the following figure and note the location of the locking tabs on the left cover 158 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Carefully pry loose the three locking tabs along the top of the cover Figure 5 115 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 2 of 5 3 Use a flatblade screwdriver to release the locking tab at the front of the cover Figure 5 116 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 3 of 5 ENWW 500 sheet feeder 159 4 Use a flatblade screwdriver to release the locking tab at the rear of the cover Figure 5 117 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 4 of 5 5 R
26. ET NOTE Only three screws secure the sheet metal shield but removing the fourth screw is necessary for tasks later in this procedure Figure 5 71 Remove the laser scanner assembly 1 of 6 ENWW Internal assemblies 125 3 Disconnect all of the wire harness connectors and flat flexible cables FFCs on the DC controller PCA eight wire harness connectors and eight FFCs AN CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation B NOTE Remove the wire harnesses from all of the retainers near the DC controller TI Figure 5 72 Remove the laser scanner assembly 2 of 6 4 Remove 10 screws callout 3 Push up on the sheet metal shield to release it from the printer chassis and remove it Figure 5 73 Remove the laser scanner assembly 3 of 6 126 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW 5 Remove the laser scanner wire harness from the guide callout 4 and the retainer callout 5 Figure 5 74 Remove the laser scanner assembly 4 of 6 Disconnect two FFCs callout 6 and then remove five screws callout 7 Remove the laser scanner A CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation ec E Figure 5 75 Remove the laser scanner assembly 5 of 6 si Q Hint When you reinstall the laser scanner the longest FFC connects to the bottom connector and the short FFC connects to the top connector on the laser scanner Internal assemblies 1
27. Es e E 5 n gt o O J1014 eo Lo 2 A J1023 wd E J1018 O J1022 J1019 J1020 J1009 J1021 O O Figure 6 12 DC controller connectors ENWW Service ID 245 iagram d iming T 9pour p ds 1 1 1o oo Tna1 1eded YLI uo sjurid oArnoosuoo 9214 107 31ego Suruny o serq DBuiuoeny yoe g seiq 1ejsuejL MOJA seq 1ejsue1 ued seiq 18jsueJ eyuabeyy seq 19jsue1 serq Buidojo eq seiq BulBseyo Aewud 31 ansodxa Buiuonipuoo ejg dOL leuBls 39Yd JO dOL SO09HS 10sues Jaded BurxiJ OLZHS 10sues eDed jo doy piouejos dn xoid ayasseg eW zIN io10u jeuueos LW 1030W Burx 4 s epj j2 zis12 32 2 2 12 2 SW 10100 813 pW 1030W pee4 GIW 8W ZW 9W 1010u1 Wing LiNA ueJ e 104009 enje1eduiei Burxi4 ae a a uonejedo spuooes Hun eyeuuxoidde y si mojaq uwous euin eu eyou A pueuuuioo jud Figure 6 13 Timing diagram HP LaserJet 3000 3800 ENWW Troubleshooting Chapter 6 246 spuooes Hun eyeuurxojdde eui si wojeq uwous euin eu eyou 9pour p ds g z euroxqoouo jy aded YLI uo sjurid oArgnoosuoo 9914 107 PEYI Suruiry e seq Bulyoeny G1oe g seiq 1ejsuei Mol 9A seiq JaJSUBLL ue 2 seiq asue A LIN 1030W Bux SW 1010u g13 PIN 4010u1 pee 6W 8IW ZIW 9W 4010u1 ing 10 009 eunjejeduues BurxiJ E jus mo LN pueuJuloo ju
28. IB noi HM 211 LGM COMO E 211 arise 212 Dark CONOR c EUM 212 Completely blank image orient teet regen niteat Dee E ERRR E ERE ERES ERE ege eder ig teas 213 All black or solid Color te eder been reed ee eR netta tn to de ena Rae ER E Rene ARR 213 Dots in vertical lines iani ia Rs Serna ERe Xe e ERE R a Rant etn REOR CER ERE ESTO 213 Dirt onback of papel iue cett EM etras teat EN REMO kx Teak abe A geRa bbs Dd deis 213 Dirt on front of paper e enne nnns n nnne n nen erre eren EEEE nnn 214 Vertical ine ETE 214 White vertical lines ssssssssssssseeeeemeennennn enne nenne rernn nennen nn nennen 214 ENWW ENWW Horizontal lirie 2 cim e eot ee ta ad edet E sade ats abo ede deti te a debe dido 215 White horizontal line is ioter eae a ti EU epe aure RISE 215 Color missirig 2 eainnt iiaei i eec cai peor e ce dere e eate eve e ue ea eec etd oe 216 Blank spots 2 nene eie te aom eate a Fes a tef Rae teas Ree ea 216 Poot f slhg 2 daran Ae ote o agn ed ne bd fee toe te be e o Ae s 216 Image distortion s eave te Ee eee ndo EE qud temas 217 Color misregistratlOni 2 ipe crei e utet niea dee needed ac etd od c ene e aede d doe 217 Suum 218 Misplaced image 1 tececeteeare aoe c eed gee os tee Te as tee viva ied ee vs eee d et d Pe antes 218 Reversed Color vice it eem t e E ett ca eer ee D TE rc 218 Ince cM 21
29. Print paper path Development Direction of rotation MP tray pick up Cassette pick up Figure 4 10 Image formation steps Latent image formation stage During the three steps that comprise this stage a latent image is formed by applying a negative charge to the photosensitive drum You cannot see this image on the drum Step 1 pre exposure The pre exposure LED hits the photosensitive drum surface and eliminates any residual charge on the surface ENWW Image formation system 63 Photosensitive drum Figure 4 11 Pre exposure Step 2 primary charging A high voltage dc bias is applied to the primary charging roller which is made of conductive rubber and is in contact with the drum surface As the roller moves across the drum it applies the negative charge to that surface Step 3 laser beam exposure The laser beam scans the photosensitive drum to neutralize the negative charge on portions of the drum surface An electrostatic latent image is formed where the negative charge was neutralized Laser beam p Exposed area Unexposed area Figure 4 12 Laser beam exposure Developing stage The developing cylinder comes in contact with the photosensitive drum and deposits toner on the electrostatic latent image Step 4 developing Toner acquires a negative charge as a result of the friction from the developing cylinder rotating against the developing blade When the negatively charged to
30. Replace DIMMs and EIO devices as necessary 10 Reconnect all of the printer cables 11 Ifthe error persists replace the firmware DIMM 12 Replace the formatter and calibrate the printer ENWW Control panel messages 177 Control panel message Description Recommended action WARNING The fuser is hot Turn the printer off an allow it to cool for approximately 10 minutes before removing the fuser 50 X FUSER ERROR A fuser error has occurred N For help press X Description 1 Low fuser temperature 2 Fuser warmup service 50 1 Error 3 High fuser temperature 1 Verify the fuser is installed correctly and fully seated 4 Faulty fuser 2 Check that connector J6007 on the 7 Fuser pressure release mechanism failure fuser is seated correctly Replace the connector as necessary 8 Low fuser temperature subthermistor 3 Turn off the printer 9 High fuser temperature subthermistor 4 Remove the fuser 5 If there is no conduction in the main thermistor measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LA 1 and J6007LA 3 If the resistance is not 368 to 522 kohms replace the fuser 6 _ If there is no conduction in the fuser heater measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LAF 1 and J6007 2 If the resistance is not 11 5 to 13 3 kohms 100 to 127 V or 46 2 to 53 2 kohms 220 to 240 V replace the fuser 7 Replace the DC controller PCA 50 2 Error 1 Verify the
31. are inserted into the slots in the assembly Figure 5 36 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 2 of 5 Remove two screws callout 1 and then remove the delivery guide assembly callout 2 VERENA Figure 5 37 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 3 of 5 Internal assemblies 101 7 Remove two screws callout 3 Ja a d Figure 5 38 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 4 of 5 8 Rotate the duplex reverse drive assembly up and out of the upper cover Figure 5 39 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 5 of 5 102 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Duplex feed drive assembly ET NOTE The printer shown is the duplex model and contains a duplex feed drive assembly Simplex model printers do not have this part If you are repairing a simplex model printer ignore the following procedure 1 Remove the following components e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 2 Disconnect one connector callout 1 and remove three screws callout 2 P Figure 5 40 Remove the duplex feed drive assembly 1 of 2 ENWW Internal assemblies 103 3 Carefully lift and rotate the duplex feed drive assembly to remove it Figure 5 41 Remove the duplex feed drive assembly 2 of 2 104 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Fuser drive assembly 1 Remove the following components e Upper cover See Upper cover
32. on page 271 RC1 6674 000CN Holder ETB right Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6677 000CN Spring tension Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6681 000CN Guide cable left Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RC1 6682 000CN Guide cable right 1 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6684 000CN Mount hinge left Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6687 000CN Cover left External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 6690 000CN RC1 6691 000CN Cover multipurpose tray tray 1 Cover cassette rear right hinge External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 6700 000CN Arm switch link Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Numerical parts list 321 Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RC1 6744 000CN Guide duplexing external duplex models Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6771 000CN Holder toner cartridge Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6772 000CN Guide flexible flat cable 1 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RC1 6773 000CN Guide flexible flat cable 2 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RC1 6792 000CN Cover cassette rear left External panels and cove
33. 0 Printer supplies for the Q7560A Q7560 67901 Black print cartridge HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer Q7561A Q7561 67901 Cyan print cartridge Q7562A Q7562 67901 Yellow print cartridge Q7563A Q7563 67901 Magenta print cartridge ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 253 Table 7 2 Accessories and supplies continued Item Part number Service exchange number Description Printer supplies for the Q6470A Q6470 67901 Black print cartridge HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer Q6471A Q6471 67901 Cyan print cartridge Q6472A Q6472 67901 Yellow print cartridge Q6473A Q6473 67901 Magenta print cartridge Printer supplies for the Q6470A Q6470 67901 Black print cartridge HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer Q7581A Q7581 67901 Cyan print cartridge Q7582A Q7582 67901 Yellow print cartridge Q7583A Q7583 67901 Magenta print cartridge Cable C6518A USB 2 0 printer cable 2 meter 6 5 feet standard Media C2934A 50 sheets HP Color LaserJet Transparencies letter C2936A 50 sheets HP Color LaserJet Transparencies A4 Q2419A 50 sheets HP LaserJet High Gloss paper letter C4179A 200 sheets HP LaserJet High Gloss paper letter C4179B 200 sheets HP LaserJet High Gloss paper A4 Q1298A HP LaserJet Tough paper letter Q1298B HP LaserJet Tough paper A4 HPU1132 HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper letter CHP410 HP Premium Choice LaserJet paper A4 HPJ1124 HP LaserJet pa
34. 5 of 5 on page 275 322 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RC1 7583 000CN Spring grounding Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 7597 000CN Lever sensing Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 7598 000CN Spring tension Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 7599 000CN Shield PCA Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RC1 7618 000CN Lever lock left upper Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 7959 000CN Block Multipurpose path HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 RC1 6571 000CN Gear 58T Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RK2 0937 000CN RK2 0939 000CN Motor DC ETB simplex models Motor AC 24V 9W Electronic transfer belt simplex models on page 293 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RK2 0954 000CN Fan duplex models Front cover assembly duplex model on page 265 RK2 0954 000CN RK2 0956 000CN Fan Low voltage power PCA assembly 110V 127V Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 PCAs on page 303 RK2 0957 000CN Low voltage power PCA assembly 220V 240V PCAs on page 303 RK2 0966 000CN RK2 0967 000CN Cable scanner flat long HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable scanner flat short Internal
35. 57 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 8 of 8 Nox Hint Slightly flex the chassis when you reinstall the pickup and feed assembly Make sure that the assembly is flush with the chassis after it is installed ENWW Internal assemblies 115 Pickup drive assembly 1 Remove the following components e Front cover See Front cover on page 75 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 e Pickup and feed assembly See Pickup and feed assembly on page 111 116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 2 Release the locking tab callout 1 on the cassette guide rail to the right and slide the rail forward to remove it Figure 5 58 Remove the pickup drive assembly 1 of 13 ET NOTE This photograph shows the locking tab and retainers on the guide rail ENWW Internal assemblies 117 3 Remove one screw callout 2 and remove the front cover hinge callout 3 Figure 5 59 Remove the pickup drive assembly 2 of 13 4 Rotate the retainer arm callout 4 up until the tab on the pivot pin callout 5 is aligned with the slot in the retainer arm and then slide the retainer off of the pivot pin Fw Figure 5 60 Remove the pickup drive assembly 3 of 13 118 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Remove all of the wire harnesses from the guide callout 6 Figure 5 61 Remove the pickup drive assembly 4 of 13 6 Disconnect three connectors callout 7 Figure 5 62 Remove the pickup d
36. 95 9 o mu wo oso ol o O Mui Sw tc Pd SE Or um o o mal ee Te o 10 a a co x e ui 2m i Lu x AS gt x lt pra o S ui a 92 5 Z A cc a m Lu an O Qa ivery roller T E E 2 Driver PCA Qs cm SL5013 N Registration roller Only for duplex model Pickup and feed system 53 Sensors in the pickup and feed system trays cassettes Paper sensors detect media in the trays Other sensors react to the media as it moves through the paper path If the media does not reach or pass each sensor within a specified time period the DC controller determines that a jam has occurred and alerts the formatter In models that include an automatic duplex accessory the paper path contains additional sensors that detect movement through the duplex path A oO oO D gt D gt e wn uz AE Bo 72 Lu w w aj A w lt Lm Fla w o e 3E o Lr Lu wm o 4 Oo gt CASSETTE PAPER signal DELIVERY TRAY PAPER FULL signal DC controller PCA gt gt Duplexin g driver PCB A DUPLEXING REVERSE PAPER signal PAPER signa FUSER PAPER LOOP signa Fuser sleeve Fuser pressure roller Bk cartridge Photosensitive drum AD ZO f SRe6005 Wf SR6001
37. Electronic transfer belt simplex models on page 293 RM1 2699 000CN Multipurpose tray separation pad assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 RM1 2699 000CN Clutch mechanical HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 RM1 2702 000CN RM1 2704 000CN Cassette Multipurpose tray paper pickup gear assembly Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RM1 2705 000CN RM1 2709 000CN RM1 2710 000CN Cassette 250 sheet Separation pad assembly Multipurpose tray tray 1 extension tray assembly Cassette tray 2 on page 287 Cassette tray 2 on page 287 External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RM1 2711 000CN Electronic transfer belt duplex models Electronic transfer belt duplex models on page 295 RM1 2711 000CN RM1 2713 000CN RM1 2714 000CN Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 Top cover assembly duplex models Upper cover assembly fuser door duplex models Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 on page 297 External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2715 000CN Front cover assembly duplex models Front cover assembly duplex model on page 265 RM1 2718 000CN Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models Duple
38. Focusing lens Reflective mirror Scanner mirror Four faced Scanner motor Figure 4 4 Laser scanner system 52 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Pickup and feed system The pickup and feed system consists of several types of feed rollers and sensors ENWW The DC controller drives the system by controlling the feed motor M4 ETB motor M5 and four drum motors M6 M7 M8 M9 and the solenoids for the trays In models that include an automatic duplex accessory the duplexing feed motor M10 and reversing motor M11 are also part of the system ET NOTE Tray 2 must be installed in order to print from tray 1 or tray 3 DC controller PCA M DRUM MOTOR CONTROL signal C DRUM MOTOR CONTROL signal we Y DRUM MOTOR CONTROL signal Bk DRUM MOTOR CONTROL signal Duplexin reverse motor Duplexing flapper Fuser MOTOR CONTROL signal ETB MOTOR CONTROL signal CASSETTE PICKUP SOLENOID DRIVE signal ER EN EN EN EN NN EN ET Photosensitive drum M ca rtridge Cassette pickup roller Figure 4 5 Pickup and feed system 1 Fuser de LL sepe pressure roller I Fuser sleeve E E E amp e e Ww Duplexing driver PCA Q ws Os tug z a z5 o5
39. HP Color Page count HP Color Page count LaserJet 3000 LaserJet 3600 HP Color LaserJet 3800 Black cartridges REPLACE BLACK 6 500 pages 6 000 pages 6 000 pages CARTRIDGE Color cartridges REPLACE COLOR 3 500 pages 4 000 pages 6 000 pages CARTRIDGE 1 Approximate average A4 letter size page count based on 5 coverage of individual colors You can use the embedded Web server to order supplies See Using the embedded Web server on page 40 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Replacing supplies ENWW When you use genuine HP supplies the printer automatically notifies you when supplies are nearly depleted The notification to order supplies allows ample time to order new supplies before they need to be replaced Locating supplies Supplies are identified by their labeling and their blue plastic handles The following figure illustrates the location of each supply item Figure 3 1 Supply item locations 1 Fuser 2 Print cartridges 3 ETB Supply replacement guidelines To facilitate the replacement of supplies keep the following guidelines in mind when setting up the printer e A Allow sufficient space above and in the front of the printer for removing supplies e Place the printer on a flat sturdy surface For instructions about installing supplies see the installation guides that came with each supply item or see more information at www hp com support clj3000 www hp com support clj3600 or www hp com sup
40. Hold the fuser with your thumbs on the latches and then push both sides of the fuser into the printer Press the fuser down until it clicks into place 8 Close the upper cover and then turn on the printer 202 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Jam inside the front cover ET NOTE This part is called the front door in the user documentation and in chapter 1 Product information 1 Open the front cover A CAUTION Do not place anything on the transfer unit Do not touch the top of the transfer unit or the contacts on the left side of it ET NOTE Ifthe sheet tears make sure that all fragments are removed before resuming printing 2 Remove any visible media ENWW Jams 203 3 Locate the green registration plate tabs that are below the bottom print cartridge 4 Press the tabs and then lift the registration plate Remove any jammed media and then return the registration plate to its closed position EZ NOTE If the sheet tears make sure that all fragments are removed before resuming printing 5 Close the front cover 204 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Jam in the duplex path ET NOTE This issue occurs only in duplex models 1 Turn off the printer and open the upper cover If any media is visible remove it 2 Open the front cover ENWW Jams 205 3 Rotate the transfer unit up and away from the front cover SNE SY AUS EAE 4 Remove any
41. LaserJet 3600 Series only PCAs on page 303 Q7725 67902 Firmware Compact Flash HP Color LaserJet 3600 3800 Series PCAs on page 303 only Q7725 67903 Firmware Compact Flash HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series only PCAs on page 303 Q7800 67951 DIMM 64 MB DDR SDRAM HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series only PCAs on page 303 RC1 6381 000CN Link multipurpose tray tray 1 hinge left External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 6382 000CN Link multipurpose tray tray 1 hinge right External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 6383 000CN Spring tension External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 6405 000CN Cover gear Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6491 000CN Cover cassette front Cassette tray 2 on page 287 RC1 6499 000CN Guide cassette front left Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6502 000CN Guide cassette front right Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6516 000CN Spring tension HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 ENWW Numerical parts list 319 320 Chapter 7 Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number RC1 6517 000CN Description Bushing HP CLJ 3000 Table and page Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 RC1 6518 000CN Bushing HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 RC1 6520 000CN Spring compression HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291
42. N Lk Hx Qe ee T L Lat C S L 3 2 i TO primary o charging e F B hau T p developi E im belt developing Ney cylinde ler Memory tag Attraction roller J a x lt fi T Ele la ami lt n Image signals igh Formatter L DC controller PCA High voltage j power supply PCA Image formation system 61 Image formation process Laser printing requires the interaction of several different technologies including electronics optics and electrographics to provide a printed page Each process functions independently and must be coordinated with the other processes Image formation consists of the following five processes 1 Latent image formation 2 Developing 3 Image transfer 4 Fusing 5 Transfer belt cleaning These processes are divided into ten steps which are shown in Figure 4 10 Image formation steps on page 63 and described in the following sections 62 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW r Fusing Beiivery E Fusing 8 ETB separation Li 7 Drum separation 7 Drum separation Photosensitive drum i ETB 7 Drum separation Electrostatic latent D D D i j 1 1 image formation M Cleaning 1 Pre exposure f 10 Drum cleaning Transfer 7 Drum separation ey 5 Attraction Block _e y A Registration 2 vetep G Developmen lt
43. Oor1 sensor F Fuser pressure release SR705 Oor1 Oor1 sensor G Media sensor J7007 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 N A H N A N A N A N A Multipurpose tray SR707 N A Oor 1 paper sensor J Cassette paper sensor SR709 N A Oor1 K Door open detection Swi N A Oor1 switch L Developing SR712 N A Oor1 estrangement sensor Yellow magenta and cyan M Developing SR711 N A Oor1 estrangement sensor Black N Multipurpose tray SR708 N A Oor1 media position sensor 1 0 off 1 on 2 0 unknown media 1 normal media 3 overhead transparency 4 glossy 5 glossy film 6 heavy media 7 light media Component test special mode test Use the component test to exercise individual parts independently to isolate problems Each component test can be performed once or repeatedly If CONTINUOUS is selected from the drop down menu as the repeat option the test will cycle the component on and off This process continues for 2 minutes and then the test ends 230 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW ER 3 4 NOTE The door interlock switch must be defeated to run any of the component tests If covers are removed the door switch must be manually cycled during some tests in order for the engine to recognize a change The ETB assembly can be open closed or removed while some of these tests are executing Print cartridges can be installed or removed during certain tests The control panel display prompts for the removal of some or all of
44. SLY ASA BiRI K IL d 00 Rin C Ice FR RECA Safety statements 343 344 Appendix C Laser statement for Finland Luokan 1 laserlaite Klass 1 Laser Apparat HP Color LaserJet 3000 3000n 3000dn 3000dtn 3600 3600n 3600dn 3800 3800n 3800dn 3800dtn laserkirjoitin on kyttjn kannalta turvallinen luokan 1 laserlaite Normaalissa kytss kirjoittimen suojakotelointi est lasersteen psyn laitteen ulkopuolelle Laitteen turvallisuusluokka on mritetty standardin EN 60825 1 1994 mukaisesti VAROITUS Laitteen kyttminen muulla kuin kyttohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa altistaa kyttjn turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittvlle nkymttmlle lasersteilylle VARNING Om apparaten anvnds p annat stt n i bruksanvisning specificerats kan anvndaren utsttas fr osynlig laserstrining som verskrider grnsen fr laserklass 1 HUOLTO HP Color LaserJet 3000 3000n 3000dn 3000dtn 3600 3600n 3600dn 3800 3800n 3800dn 3800dtn kirjoittimen sisll ei ole kyttjn huollettavissa olevia kohteita Laitteen saa avata ja huoltaa ainoastaan sen huoltamiseen koulutettu henkil Tllaiseksi huoltotoimenpiteeksi ei katsota vriainekasetin vaihtamista paperiradan puhdistusta tai muita kyttjn ksikirjassa lueteltuja kyttjn tehtvksi tarkoitettuja yllpitotoimia jotka voidaan suorittaa ilman erikoistykaluja VARO Mikli kirjoittimen suojakotelo avataan olet alttiina nkymttmllelasersteilylle laitteen ollessa toiminnassa katso steeseen VARNING Om laserp
45. The table below lists common causes of jams and suggests solutions for resolving jams Table 6 2 Common causes of jams Cause Solution The media does not meet HP recommended specifications A supply item is installed incorrectly causing repeated jams Use only media that meets HP specifications Verify that all print cartridges the transfer unit and the fuser are correctly installed You are reloading media that has already passed through a printer or copier A tray is loaded incorrectly Do not use media that has been previously printed on or copied Remove any excess media from the input tray Be sure that the stack does not exceed the maximum stack height mark in the input tray The media is skewed The media is binding or sticking together The tray guides are not adjusted correctly Adjust the guides so they hold the stack firmly in place without bending it Remove the stack and flex it rotate it 180 or flip it over Reload the stack into the tray E NOTE Do not fan paper Fanning can create static electricity which can cause paper to stick together The media is removed before it settles into the output bin Reset the printer Wait until the page completely settles in the output bin before removing it When duplexing the paper is removed before the second side of the document is printed Reset the printer and print the document again Wait until the page comple
46. accessory The printer has detected too much current on the USB storage accessory 3 Replace the USB storage accessory 4 Turn the printer on USB Storage X initializing For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 No action necessary Series printers only The USB storage device is initializing USB STORAGE X NOT FUNCTIONAL For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Replace the USB storage device Series printers only The USB storage device is not working USB STORAGE DEVICE FAILURE For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 1 Printing can continue for jobs that do not Series printers only require the storage device alternates with The USB storage device has failed 2 Toremove this message from the Ready display press v To clear press v 3 Ifthe message persists turn the printer off remove and re install the storage device and then turn the printer on 4 Ifthe message persists replace the storage device USB STORAGE FILE OPERATION FAILED For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 1 Printing can continue Series printers only alternates with 2 Toremove this message from the The printer received a PJL file system display press v Ready command that attempted to perform an illogical operation for example to download 3 If the message reappears a problem To clear press v a file to a nonexistent directory might exist in the software program USB STORAGE FILE SYSTEM IS FULL For the HP Color LaserJet 30
47. aiailediviaidel aus 63 Step al gt 4010 lt 10 ee 63 Step 2 primary charglng coucou et iia eT o rre baa dere eere rns 64 Step 3 laser beam exposure ssssssssese eene 64 Deyeloping rz o Nm 64 cS 0e ake V 1 6 6 86 eren nnne nnns 64 Irem 64 Step 5 media feed sssssssssssssssssesseeeeeeeee neret nennt 65 Step 6 image transfer eet RE ER RE ERR RRERR E rime PER I ReRES 65 Step 7 separation from the drum sssssssssssse emen 65 Step 8 separation from the ETB ssssssssssssseeemeeme 66 mire 66 SORTI m 66 p IIoc E 66 Step 10 drum cleaning ssssssseeeeenee eene rennen 67 misiqge Iniyoio E E 67 Printcartridge activation eene nnne nennen 68 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Removal and replacement strategy sssssssssssseeeeen enne nnne nennen 70 Introductio m O EEOAE 70 Required tools C 71 Types Of SCIOWS dd dice eco need ined inde eee o EE e edP edad ieee acus 72 I A e N leJelior o eee ceeeeccccec cece eee eee eee eeeeeaeeaeceeeeeeeee eee caaaaaaeaaeeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesessecscaneeeaeeneeees 73 Before performing Service detecte wasted caddie Se ERE Nea eoe Eee ER ERE ERR RR Duce 73 A
48. all power cords to avoid shock hazard Be careful when cleaning around the fuser area It might be hot A CAUTION To avoid permanent damage to the print cartridge do not use ammonia based cleaners on or around the printer If toner gets on your clothes wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash your clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric Component Cleaning Method Outer covers Use an HP Toner Cleaning Cloth part number 5090 3379 or a water dampened cloth Do not use solvents or ammonia based cleaners Inside general With a dry lint free cloth wipe any dust spilled toner and paper particles from the paper path area the registration roller and the print cartridge cavity ETB attaching roller Clean with lint free paper If dirt cannot be removed dampen the paper with alcohol Paper pickup rollers Clean with lint free paper If dirt cannot be removed dampen the paper with alcohol Cleaning spilled toner Defective print cartridges can develop leaks Also after a jam has occurred some toner might remain on the rollers and guides inside the printer The pages that print immediately after the jam can pick up this toner Use a vacuum that is designed for picking up fine particles See Vacuum specifications on page 37 CAUTION When cleaning the printer do not touch the ETB with the damp cloth or with your fingers Vacuum specifications Do not use a conventional vacuum to vacuum t
49. and to reduce the number of steps that are required to fix the problem Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions The flowchart guides you to the section of this chapter that contains steps for correcting the malfunction Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure check the following issues e Are supply items within their rated life e Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors E NOTE The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good condition Pre troubleshooting checklist The following table includes basic questions to ask the customer to quickly help define the problem s General topic Questions Environment e Is the printer installed on a solid level surface 1 e Is the power supply voltage within 10 volts of the specified power source e Is the power supply plug inserted in the printer and the outlet e Is the operating environment within the specified parameters that are listed in chapter 1 e l sthe printer exposed to ammonia gas such as that produced by diazo copiers or office cleaning materials e l sthe printer exposed to direct sunlight Media e Does the customer use only supported media e l sthe media in good condition no curls folds or distortion e Is the media stored correctly and within environmental limits Input trays e Is the amount of media in the tray within spec
50. as L rosis ziosis 4O1OIN po2o4 70 086 INA 813 Souss LLL atiosr z Haiiosr T voz eozr zozr Loe LN HANAH Heli CER HETH FT aues zoosr Saw 3 E EE Du as Ey voZus Sozus zo2us tozus LIOS i ySNS WHa SNS wua ZSNS WHG iSNS WHa jOSues uonisogd WOH WING 4O1O N wuna 4 t diagram 2 of 2 Ircul Figure 6 16 General c ENWW Troubleshooting 250 Chapter 6 ENWW Parts and diagrams e Ordering parts and supplies e External panels and covers e Internal components e Paper pickup drive assembly e Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models e Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models e Developing separation drive assembly e Fuserdrive assembly e Cassette tray 2 e Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 e Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 e Electronic transfer belt simplex models e Electronic transfer belt duplex models e Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 e Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models e Fuser e PCAs e 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 e 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly e 500 sheet feeder PCA e X Alphabetical parts list e Numerical parts list 251 Ordering parts and supplies This section describes Web resources for ordering parts and for technical support and resources for ordering related documentation and software Parts Order replacement parts from the following Web
51. cable that is no longer than 2 meters 6 5 feet Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Click Finish If prompted restart the computer Test the software installation Print a page from any program to make sure that the software is correctly installed E NOTE Ifthe installation failed reinstall the software To connect to a Macintosh computer i 10 Connect a USB cable between the printer and the computer ET NOTE HP does not recommend using USB hubs Use a USB cable that is no longer than 2 meters 6 5 feet Place the CD in the CD ROM drive For OS V9 1 to V9 2 x go to step 3 For OS X go to step 7 Run the Installer and complete a custom install Select all options including USB Components Classic When prompted restart the computer Run the Apple Desktop Printer Utility from HD Applications Utilities Double click HP Printer USB and then click OK Next to the USB Printer Selection click Change Select the printer and then click OK Next to Postscript Printer Description PPD File click Auto Setup and then click Create Save the printer setup On the desktop highlight the printer Click the Printing menu and then click Set Default Printer Go to step 10 Run the Installer and complete an easy install E NOTE If OS X and OS V9 1 Classic to V9 2 x Classic are installed on the same computer the installer shows both the Classic and the OS X installation options
52. cartridge Printing will continue until REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE appears E NOTE Estimated pages remaining is based on historical page coverage with this supply NOTE To prevent this message from appearing in the SYSTEM SETUP menu set ORDER AT to 096 ORDER SUPPLIES alternates with Ready PAPER PATH JAM FRONT DOOR alternates with For help press More than one supply item is low A page is jammed in the paper path 1 Press Y to identify which supplies should be ordered 2 Order the supplies Printing can continue until REPLACE SUPPLIES appears Press for help Open the front door and remove any jammed media PERFORMING UPGRADE X YYY gt COMPLETE alternates with DO NOT POWER OFF A firmware upgrade is in process No action necessary Do not turn off the printer Performing PAPER PATH TEST PRINTING STOPPED To continue press v The printer is performing a paper path test This message appears when a Print Stop test runs and the time expires No action necessary Press v to continue printing Printing CMYK SAMPLES For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer is generating the CMYK samples page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed No action necessary 188 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Printing COLOR USAGE LOG Description For the HP C
53. color See Table 6 5 Causes for one color printing light on page 211 Dark image Image dark in all colors See Table 6 6 Causes for dark images on page 212 Dark color Image dark in a particular color See Table 6 7 Causes for one color printing darker than others on page 212 Completely blank No image prints See Table 6 8 Causes for a completely blank image on page 213 All black solid color Dots in vertical lines Image is all black or solid color White dots appear in image See Table 6 9 Causes for an all black or solid colored image on page 213 See Table 6 10 Causes for vertical lines of white dots on page 213 Dirt on back of paper Dirt on the back of the page See Table 6 11 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper on page 214 Dirt on front of paper Dirt on the front of the page See Table 6 12 Causes for dirt on the front of the paper on page 214 Vertical lines Vertical line appears in image See Table 6 13 Causes for vertical lines on page 214 White vertical lines Horizontal lines White vertical line appears in image Horizontal line appears in image See Table 6 14 Causes for white vertical lines on page 215 See Table 6 15 Causes for horizontal line on page 215 White horizontal lines White horizontal line appears in image See Table 6 16 Causes for white horizontal lines on page 215
54. components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RK2 0969 000CN Cable drive flat 1 Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RK2 0970 000CN Cable drive flat 2 Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RK2 0971 000CN RK2 0989 000CN Cable scanner flat long HP CLJ 3000 Control panel assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 PCAs on page 303 RK2 0996 000CN Control panel assembly HP CLJ 3000 PCAs on page 303 RL1 1067 000CN RL1 1069 000CN Foot rubber assembly front Plate gear 3 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RM1 2576 000CN Cassette sensor PCA Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RM1 2578 000CN High voltage PCA assembly PCAs on page 303 ENWW Numerical parts list 323 Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RM1 2580 000CN DC controller PCA assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 PCAs on page 303 RM1 2581 000CN Driver PCA PCAs on page 303 RM1 2582 000CN Relay PCA Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RM1 2583 000CN PCA assembly 500 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder PCA on page 309 RM1 2584 000CN Duplexing PCA assembly duplex models PCAs on page 303 RM1 2585 000CN Cartridge sensor PCA PCAs on page 303 RM1 2587 000
55. consult with the supplier of your letterhead to verify that the paper used meets the specifications for this printer e The paper is excessively rough Use a smoother xerographic paper Defects on overhead transparencies Overhead transparencies can show the image quality problems as any other type of media as well as defects that are specific to printing on transparencies Because transparencies are pliable while in the print path the paper handling components can also mark them ET NOTE Allow transparencies to cool for at least 30 seconds before handling them e Change the pre rotation setting in CONFIGURE DEVICE PRINT QUALITY OPTIMIZE PRE ROTATION ON This enhances transparency print quality by raising the fuser pressure roller temperature to more closely match the sleeve temperature e Change the transparency mode in CONFIGURE DEVICE PRINT QUALITY PRINT MODES TRANSPARENCY to B TRNSPRNCY Best Transparency mode This optimizes transparency print quality and minimizes transparency curl ET NOTE If the printer media sensor rejects a supported color laserjet transparency make sure that the transparency is not from an old box Try a new box e Inthe printer driver Paper tab select Transparency as the paper type Also make sure that the tray is correctly configured for transparencies e Check that the transparencies meet the specifications for this printer For more information about media specifications and for ordering in
56. different 1 Open the front cover 2 Pushin the two blue ETB latch buttons callout 1 and pull the ETB out of the printer ENWW External doors covers and panels 75 3 Move the two ETB connectors callout 2 to the raised position as when the front cover is closed Figure 5 5 Remove the front cover 2 of 7 4 Liftthe front cover slightly and then gently pry the retainer arms off of the clips Figure 5 6 Remove the front cover 3 of 7 76 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 For duplex models use the following procedure to remove the fan For simplex models skip to the next step a Remove two screws callout 3 that secure the fan to the cover and one screw that secures the wire harness cover callout 4 N y A X Y LC e W CA Figure 5 7 Remove the front cover 4 of 7 Use a small flatblade screwdriver to release the wire harness cover locking tab callout 5 and remove the wire harness cover Remove the fan and set it next to the printer Figure 5 8 Remove the front cover 5 of 7 ENWW External doors covers and panels 77 6 Support the door and remove four screws callout 6 Figure 5 9 Remove the front cover 6 of 7 78 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW T Pull the front cover forward to remove it Figure 5 10 Remove the front cover 7 of 7 si Q Hint Duplex model only When you reinstall the duplex fan wire harness make sure that
57. eid ene docete He tee tones 228 Paperspath test eoe ere ERR e ERR ROI RAPERE RE RA US 228 Manual sensor test special mode test ssssssseeee 229 Component test special mode test ssssssssseeenne 230 Print Stoptestz i ioci eM Rc ee tieniti dientes bete a a entia detiene 232 Testpages si sioe emu REESE meant cee cine 233 Engine test page iei Eee enti E dee tee 233 Forimatter test 0 nec eit Reto etd oe pere put Loue TURNOS 233 Half self testi aeu ede eteu cec ce epi eee woe dee pepe ea vie Ain eu RE pues 233 Dr rn rotatlori test zio ect Lecce rex Potro neers innate 234 Engine resets d eee eed eet Sete AR ob tete dd eid qas eb du el ei etl 235 ENGING Tesets cie tette m itv eB E Tet aad Let s 235 Cold reset 1 en ceti tede es eite de ie duc ie Duce id od eee neo dd n 235 NVRAM initlallZatior 1 22 c tiber occi be tete bete eere SEU ERE EHI EUR Pat eub td 235 Hard disk initialization seen emnes 236 Service ID ito pad temo ae a n Eta an etii tt 237 Converting the Service ID to an actual date ssssssssen enn 237 vii Restoring the Service ID teinte etc ate IIa seeded ne ica n aoa diets 237 Troubleshooting diagralris ceto rena rne xe eere eu punta ocu xb n ERR edd uua ddr pup ud 238 Connector localo RE 238 Major assemblies sssssessennne nennen nennen 240 DC controller connectors eiii cre rere ees ebbe reete t
58. feed When the printer receives another file the message disappears The printer is paused If the printer is waiting for a form feed press v to continue If the printer is paused press Stop to continue Duplexing Do not grab paper Event Log Empty During duplex printing the paper emerges for a short time before it is pulled back into the printer SHOW EVENT LOG was selected from the control panel and the event log is empty Do not pick up pages until they come to rest in the output bin No action necessary Genuine HP supplies installed GENUINE HP SUPPLIES DESIGNED FOR lt PROD gt alternates with Ready A new HP cartridge has been installed The printer returns to the Ready state after approximately 10 seconds This genuine HP supply was not designed for this printer and is not supported The printer can print with this supply but print quality might be affected No action necessary Replace this supply with a genuine HP supply that is designed for this printer Incorrect The PIN number is incorrect Contact the network administrator INCORRECT lt COLOR gt CARTRIDGE alternates with A color cartridge is installed in an incorrect slot Press for help See Replacing print cartridges on page 34 for more information ENWW Control panel messages 185 Control panel message Description Recommended action For help press INCORRECT SUPPLIES
59. including continuable errors Set what type of alert should appear pop up message or system tray alert and e mail message Chapter 3 Device List tab Shows information about each printer in the Devices list Find Other Printers window Use to add more printers to the printer list Printer information including printer name make and model An icon if the View as drop down box is set to Tiles which is the default setting Any current alerts for the printer If you click a printer in the list the HP Easy Printer Care Software opens the Overview tab for that printer Clicking the Find Other Printers link in the Devices list opens the Find Other Printers window The window provides a utility that detects other network printers that can be added to the Devices list and then monitored from a computer Maintenance ENWW Using the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh To open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10 2 1 Open the Finder and click Applications 2 Click Library and click Printers 3 Click hp and click Utilities 4 Double click HP Printer Selector to open the HP Printer Selector 5 Select the printer that you want to configure and then click Utility To open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10 3 1 In the Dock click the Printer Setup Utility icon ET NOTE Ifthe Printer Setup Utility icon does not appear in the Dock open the Finder click Applications click Utilities and then double clic
60. internal event log Total page count The page count that is stored in NVRAM and printed on the configuration page represents the number of pages that the formatter has formatted not including engine test prints If you install a new formatter when repairing a printer use this menu item to reset the page count to the previous value In this way the page count reflects the number of pages that the engine has printed rather than restarting the count for the new formatter The page count is in two categories total mono pages and total color pages Serial number If you replace the formatter use this item to reset the serial number of the printer ENWW Service menu 223 Diagnostics menu Menu item Description PRINT EVENT LOG Prints an event log that shows the last 50 entries in the printer event log starting with the most recent SHOW EVENT LOG Shows the last 50 printer events on the control panel display starting with the most recent PQ Prints a series of print quality assessment pages that help troubleshoot many print quality problems TROUBLESHOOTING PRINT DIAGNOSTICS Prints the diagnostics page PAGE DISABLE Prints with one or more cartridges removed so that you can diagnose print cartridge related problems CARTRIDGE CHECK PAPER PATH Shows the values of the sensors Values are updated as media passes each sensor Jobs can be SENSORS initiated from the control panel or sent from the computer PAPER PATH T
61. jammed sheets from under the transfer unit 206 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Press the tabs and then lift the registration plate Remove any jammed media and then return the registration plate to its closed position E NOTE Ifthe sheet tears make sure that all fragments are removed before resuming printing Close the front cover and then turn on the printer Image formation troubleshooting This section identifies issues that can affect print quality For additional information see the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Guide Print quality problems associated with media Some print quality problems arise from use of inappropriate print media Use media that meets HP paper specifications The surface of the media is too smooth Use paper that meets HP paper specifications The driver setting is incorrect To change the paper type setting see Type and Size The media you are using is too heavy for the paper type setting you selected and the toner is not fusing to the paper The moisture content of the paper is uneven too high or too low Use paper from a different source from an unopened ream of paper or dry out the paper 100 C 212 F for 24 hours Jams 207 e Some areas of the paper reject toner Use paper from a different source or from an unopened ream of paper e Theletterhead you are using is printed on rough paper Use a smoother xerographic paper If this solves your problem
62. la cee 555 oH BE zoor boove X IHE nee HAH HAHH s asw dOd 19peeJ 1 ded soer oer epaw auo 1o9ous oos zisw Loovr TSA aod xeidna coor izer tose zosr EE Geese zpr belkowe egg egek 222325034 Boe G e a a aco cole Ha TE zz zz e SPS eid m B z 99 gEBRS ae A 5 0 E lololo Pa 158 saws n k EB B 6 r ons aaoiorr L aossr NI Gororr I 4osues esesjoH osejsuzususqererenrrore s zi9 s v e e All ee ee surisssaa Bupa Pa bh dr TE T T LMS sozus CSS uogngjedes 73 4 N f o v t p Gudojonea iden EA srosis vLosis sozr atzer s s Ls Harzer kl z zozzzzz t oo o iz e 2s lo 22 513 Pal eae 28 TIATA ez ZR OR ize 8 rl B A 5 g zzz sf as Semasseios E BP XB i B TTE Ba d BEER 8 F Daj m 5 5 68 lt iz 9 4 4 4 i r L aezsr Eh HHI alallelelelsleli PEE ui clelzlelelelelels tlle HMHNHHHHHRE hoe e sovr gorr orter gozr over ezr oer eosr Jeze I ddd 1e ug ezp eneee eree arepe zeree mmm zoba ak la aoaaa A lg Dalekog l SR R v0520sooso0 386 JJF JJ JJ H n ESBREEBE 9958908895895 HET HEEL TTE 4 BRE ARAL BEARER Teeter gers we ole B g EES CE IS O l a E E E 5 S o 6ga alt d S la S DI lt Fal ie fo Oi fa e ZB Pansa Bo mo gBomso ps ms 2k els Cares aes e o a o 0 mio om D m momo ID ld o 6555 0 6 o m jo o m o6 A p Eu oz0 lt lt lt ai o aerosr aziosr Jf fff EE T Haeos naziost eR 3e108i celos L daoiosr E el 0 1 mnotosr Gs
63. message on the control panel indicates a disk error Always try initializing the hard disk before replacing it ET NOTE Before performing a hard disk initialization print a menu map and a configuration page Use the information on these pages to reset any customer specific settings To perform a hard disk initialization 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 When the printer begins its initialization sequence press and hold Menu until all LEDs are lit 3 Press one time INITIALIZE DISK appears on the control panel display 4 Press v one time A series of asterisks appears on the control panel display Wait for the printer to complete its initialization sequence 236 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Service ID When printing from an HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 3800 Series printer this information appears on the configuration page which eliminates the need for customers to keep paper receipts for proof of the warranty Because the printer has an internal clock the availability of the service ID date depends on the printer being connected to a source that can provide the date in this case a time server that is on the same network as the printer When the printer is not connected to a date source the service ID is not available and 00000 appears on the configuration page Converting the Service ID to an actual date You can use the printer Service ID number to determine whether the printer is still under warranty Use the f
64. multipurpose tray tray 1 Cover cassette rear right hinge Cover cassette rear left Cover rear lower Cover right Multipurpose tray tray 1 extension tray assembly Part number Qty RC1 6381 000CN 1 RC1 6382 000CN 1 RC1 6383 000CN 2 RC1 6687 000CN 1 RC1 6690 000CN 1 RC1 6691 000CN 1 RC1 6792 000CN 1 RC1 7550 000CN 1 RM1 2669 000CN 1 RM1 2710 000CN 1 External panels and covers 259 17 SIMPLEX MODEL DUPLEX MODEL E P is SR706 il J706 A 15 DUPLEX MODEL J804 ae J822 Figure 7 2 External panels and covers 2 of 2 260 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 4 External panels and covers 2 of 2 Ref 12 13 14 14A 14B 15 15A 15B 17 17 19 Description Interlock switch assembly Upper cover assembly fuser door simplex models Top cover assembly simplex models Cable paper full simplex models Connector snap tight simplex models Top cover assembly duplex models Cable paper full duplex models Upper cover assembly fuser door duplex models Face down tray assembly HP CLJ 3000 Face down tray assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable duplexing duplex models Part number RM1 2670 000CN RM1 2671 000CN RM1 2672 000CN RM1 2630 000CN VS1 7207 003CN RM1 2713 000CN RM1 2620 000CN RM1 2714 000CN RM1 2777 000CN RM1 2750 000CN RM1 2617 000CN External pan
65. must perform these steps manually 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press to highlight DISABLE CARTRIDGE CHECK and then press v To exit this diagnostic test press Stop and then select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS Paper path sensor test This test shows the status of each paper path sensor 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PAPER PATH SENSORS and then press v 4 Print an internal page and observe the status of the sensors as the page moves through the printer Paper path test This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages that you can use to isolate the cause of jams 228 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW To isolate a problem specify which input tray to use specify whether to use the duplex path and specify the number of copies to print Print multiple copies to help isolate intermittent problems The following options become available after you start the diagnostic feature e PRINT TEST PAGE Run the paper path test from the default settings tray 2 no duplex and one copy To specify other settings scroll down the menu and select the setting and then scroll back up and select PRINT TEST PAGE to start the test e SOURCE Select tray 1 tray 2 or optional tray 3 e DUPLEX Enable or disable 2 sided printing e COPIES Select the number of sheets to use during the test 1
66. of 3 enne 156 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover 2 of 3 157 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover 3 of 3 157 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 1 of 5 158 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 2 of 5 ene 159 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 3 of 5 eene 159 XV Figure 5 117 Figure 5 118 Figure 5 119 Figure 5 120 Figure 5 121 Figure 5 122 Figure 5 123 Figure 5 124 Figure 5 125 Figure 5 126 Figure 5 127 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 7 8 Figure 7 9 Figure 7 10 Figure 7 11 Figure 7 12 Figure 7 13 Figure 7 14 Figure 7 15 Figure 7 16 Figure 7 17 Figure 7 18 Figure 7 19 Figure 7 20 Figure 7 21 Figure 7 22 Figure 7 23 Xvi Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 4 of 5 160 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 5 Of 5 eene 160 Remove the 500 sheet feeder rear Cover 1 of 3 enn 161 Remove the 500 sheet feeder rear cover 2 of 3 enne 162 Remove the 500 sheet feeder rear cover 3 of 3 enne 162 Remove the 500 sheet feeder driver PCA 1 of 2 sss emen 163 Remove the 500 sheet feeder driver PCA 2 of 2 sss 164 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 1 of 4 165 Remove the media sensor 500 shee
67. on the DC controller Figure 5 98 Remove the pickup and feed driver PCA 2 of 3 Disconnect six connectors callout 4 and remove one screw callout 5 to release the pickup and feed driver PCA EZ NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 3000 will not have the two white media sensor connectors Figure 5 99 Remove the pickup and feed driver PCA 3 of 3 146 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Duplex driver PCA A CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Remove the following components e Fuser See Fuser on page 95 e Remove the upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 2 Disconnect six connectors callout 1 z sS S m 2 eo Figure 5 100 Remove the duplex driver PCA 1 of 3 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 147 3 Remove one screw callout 2 Figure 5 101 Remove the duplex driver PCA 2 of 3 4 Lift the duplex driver PCA out of the upper cover Figure 5 1 02 Remove the duplex driver PCA 3 of 148 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Sensors ENWW ET NOTE For information about removi
68. or configured for a type and size other than that specified in the job For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only Programs and fonts can be stored on the printer file system and are loaded into RAM when the printer is turned on The X specifies a sequence number indicating the current program being loaded Press for help or press v to print from another tray No action necessary MANUALLY FEED TYPE SIZE alternates with For help press The multipurpose tray is empty and no other tray is available Load media into the multipurpose tray and press v to continue Press for help MANUALLY FEED TYPE SIZE alternates with To continue press v Media is in the multipurpose tray but the print job requires a specific type and size that is not currently available Press Y to print from the tray or press tor help MANUALLY FEED TYPE SIZE alternates with To use another tray press v No media is in the multipurpose tray and a print job requires a specific type and size that is available in another tray Press v to print from another tray or press tor help MANUALLY FEED OUTPUT STACK alternates with Then press V to print second sides MEM TEST FAILURE REPLACE DIMM 1 The first side of a manual 2 sided print job has been printed and the printer is paused until the output stack is reinserted For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series
69. page ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 41 Tab or section Description Supplies Status Shows the life remaining of HP supplies with 096 indicating that a supply is empty This page also provides supplies part numbers To order new supplies click Order Supplies in the Other Links area on the left side of the window Event log Shows a list of all printer events and errors Usage page Shows a summary of the number of pages the printer has printed grouped by size and type Diagnostics Page Provides information about printer calibration color density and other parameters Device Information Shows the printer network name address and model information To change these entries click Device Information on the Settings tab Control Panel Shows messages from the printer control panel Color Usage Job Log Shows color print jobs on a job by job basis Print Use to send print jobs to the printer Settings tab e Provides the ability to configure the printer from your computer e E Configure Device Use to configure printer settings This page contains the traditional menus found on printers using a control panel display E mail Server Network only Use in conjunction with the Alerts page to set up incoming and outgoing e mail as well as to set e mail alerts Alerts Network only Use to set up to receive e mail alerts for various printer and supplies events AutoSend Use to configure the printer to send automat
70. printers only The memory DIMM has failed Take the printed stack out of the output bin and reinsert it in the multipurpose tray to print the second side ofthe 2 sided print job Press Y to continue Install a supported memory DIMM Moving solenoid alternates with To exit press STOP The printer is testing a solenoid No action necessary ENWW Control panel messages 187 Control panel message Description Recommended action NON HP SUPPLY IN USE alternates with Ready The printer has detected that a non HP supply is currently installed but v was pressed to override If you believe you purchased an HP supply go to www hp com go anticounterfeit Service or repairs that are required as a result of using non HP supplies are not covered under HP warranty NON HP SUPPLY INSTALLED alternates with For help press A new non HP supply has been installed This message appears until an HP supply is installed or you press v If you believe you purchased an HP supply go to www hp com go anticounterfeit Service or repairs that are required as a result of using non HP supplies are not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press v ORDER COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with Ready The identified print cartridge is nearing the end of its useful life The printer is ready and will print for the estimated number of pages indicated Order the identified print
71. pull it out and place it on a flat surface If the jammed sheet is visible remove it 2 Ifthe sheet is not visible check inside the printer at the top ofthe tray opening Remove any jammed media 3 Pull out tray 2 and place it on a flat surface 198 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 4 Ifthe jammed sheet is visible remove it 5 Ifthe sheetis not visible check inside the printer at the top ofthe tray opening Remove any jammed media 6 Replace tray 2 and optional tray 3 ET NOTE Use the multipurpose tray when printing on heavier paper 7 Press v to resume printing ET NOTE When printing from tray 2 printing resumes automatically ENWW Jams 199 Jam inside the fuser area upper cover 1 Open the upper cover 2 If the jammed sheet is visible remove it and then close the upper cover 3 If the sheet is not visible turn off the printer 5j WWW aT AA A WARNING The fuser will be hot Wait 10 minutes before proceeding 200 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW 4 Place your thumbs on the fuser latches squeeze the latches and pull up on the fuser to remove it 5 On the fuser lift the shutter door A CAUTION Do not open the shutter door while the fuser is in the printer 6 Remove any jammed sheets ET NOTE Ifthe sheet tears make sure that all fragments are removed before you resume printing f ee ENWW Jams 201 7
72. select the size or type 2 Press to return to the previous size or type 194 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Jams ENWW Use this illustration to troubleshoot jams in the printer For instructions to clear jams see Clearing jams on page 197 Figure 6 1 Jam locations printer shown without optional tray 3 1 Output bin 2 Paper path inside the front cover 3 Multipurpose tray tray 1 4 Trays 2 3 5 Duplex path inside the upper cover and the front cover of duplex models only 6 Fuser inside the top cover Jam recovery This printer automatically provides jam recovery a feature that specifies whether the printer should attempt to automatically reprint jammed pages e AUTO instructs the printer to attempt to reprint jammed pages e OFF instructs the printer not to attempt to reprint jammed pages ET NOTE During the recovery process the printer might reprint pages that were printed before the jam occurred Be sure to remove any duplicated pages To improve print speed and increase memory resources disable the jam recovery To turn off jam recovery 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE and then press v 3 Press W to highlight SYSTEM SETUP and then press v 4 Press to highlight JAM RECOVERY and then press v Jams 195 196 Chapter 6 5 Press to highlight OFF and then press v 6 Press Menu to return to the Ready state Avoiding jams
73. service 337 noise specifications 332 non HP supplies 33 174 188 NVRAM initialization 235 0 on off switch 8 Online Customer Care HP 253 onsite service 337 operating systems supported 12 operating environment specifications 333 operations engine control system 48 49 image formation system 61 jam detection 58 laser scanner system 52 motors 50 pickup and feed system 53 power on 49 print cartridges 67 sequence of 48 solenoids 50 trays 54 order supplies message 188 OS 2 drivers 13 output bin full message 192 locating 7 output quality See print quality troubleshooting P page count 223 pages per minute HP Color LaserJet 3000 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 4 paper dirty troubleshooting 213 duplex path jams 205 front cover jams 203 fuser area jams 200 jam detection operations 58 jam locations 195 jam prevention 196 sizes supported 16 tray 1jams 197 ENWW tray 2 or 3jams 198 tray operations 54 troubleshooting 207 two sided printing 17 types supported 16 unexpected size error 177 unexpected type error 177 paper path sensor test 228 paper path test 228 parallel buffer overflow 176 PCAs removing 500 sheet feeder driver 163 control panel 143 DC controller 135 driver 141 duplex driver 147 high voltage power supply 137 low voltage power supply 131 memory controller 139 pickup and feed driver 145 PCL drivers 12 PCL font list printing 40 PDL driver 12 permanent storage errors 183 person
74. stirrer The developer motor rotates these parts so that each print cartridge can deposit toner to form a visible image on the photosensitive drum DC controller PCA vz v ppm gg Os OED oD ED o ko o Oo a ZW Z Sw Q W gt O a 2 Jtr Toner level PCB faa blaj 8 go ooa Ww o a OlZo 3 a v 2 Drum motor mj azw lt x t c giSu s a 9 E oluo Z Hl a Memory tag Photosensitive drum S gt on oa gt LLI uu O T gt cria a ul mpm Li i ur aa D gt a c Waste toner container 5 al wl wo o e NS te S008 4 8 OoOO l susassos O 0 0c Developing alienation sensor N S N72 a Developing alienation cam Toner level sensor Light receiver Toner level sensor Light emitter Fuser motor Developing alienation solenoid Figure 4 17 Print cartridge The cartridges in this printer include the photosensitive drum the primary charging roller and the developing roller Each cartridge performs these functions e Memory tag control e Cartridge presence detection e Developing roller engagement and disengagement control ENWW Image formation system 67 68 Print cartridge activation A memory tag is a nonvolatile memory that is built into the print cartridge The DC controller reads and writes data that is stored in the memory tag The DC controller reads data at the following times e When the power is turned on e When someone c
75. supply 2 of 3 4 Release seven locking tabs callout 4 and then remove the high voltage power supply TT LE Figure 5 90 Remove the high voltage power supply 3 of 3 138 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Memory controller PCA A fa CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Remove the following components Fuser See Fuser on page 95 Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Right cover See Right cover on page 87 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 2 Remove one FFC callout 1 from the cable guide callout 2 A CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation Figure 5 91 Remove the memory controller PCA 1 of 2 ENWW p a OS NNNM Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 139 3 Disconnect four connectors callout 3 and then remove three screws callout 4 to release the memory controller PCA que Figure 5 92 Remove the memory controller PCA 2 of 2 1
76. the embedded Web server you must have Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 and later or Netscape Navigator 4 and later The embedded Web server works when the printer is connected to an IP based network The embedded Web server does not support IPX based or AppleTalk printer connections You do not need Internet access to open and use the embedded Web server To open the embedded Web server by using a network connection 1 In a supported Web browser on your computer type the IP address for the printer in the URL field To find the IP address print a configuration page See Using printer information pages on page 39 E NOTE After you open the URL you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly in the future N The embedded Web server has three tabs that contain settings and information about the printer the Information tab the Settings tab and the Networking tab Click the tab that you want to view See the following section for more information about each tab Embedded Web server sections Tab or section Description Information tab e Device Status Shows the printer status and shows the life remaining of HP supplies with 0 indicating that a supply is empty The page also shows the type and size of Provides printer status and print media set for each tray To change the default settings click Change Settings configuration information e Configuration Page Shows the information that is on the printer configuration
77. the front door 2 Remove the print cartridges 3 Mark the drive gear on the cartridge with a felt tipped marker Make note of the position of the mark 4 Install the print cartridges and close the front door The startup sequence should rotate the drum enough to move the mark 5 Open the front door and inspect the gear that was marked in step 3 Verify that the mark moved If the mark did not move inspect the drive shaft that moves into the print cartridge area when the front door is closed to make sure that it is meshing with the print cartridge If the drive shaft looks functional and the drum does not move then replace the print cartridge If the drive shaft is damaged then replace the printer 234 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Engine resets ENWW Use the following information to perform system wide reset procedures Customers do not have access to this information Engine resets Cold reset A cold reset unlocks menus that have been previously locked and resets all control panel menu items to the factory defaults A cold reset does not clear the values in the Service menu such as the serial number and the page counts ET NOTE Before performing a cold reset print a menu map and a configuration page Use the information on these pages to reset customer specific settings A CAUTION All HP Jetdirect settings are also reset Be sure to print a configuration page before performing a cold reset Make note of the IP addre
78. to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost 40 BAD SERIAL TRANSMISSION alternates with To continue press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only A serial data error parity framing or line overrun occurred while the printer was receiving data Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost 40 EIO X BAD TRANSMISSION alternates with To continue press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers with an EIO device only The connection with the card in the EIO slot has broken Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost 40 EMBEDDED I O BAD TRANSMISSION alternates with To continue press The connection with the HP Jetdirect embedded print server has broken Press VY to continue printing 176 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action 41 3 UNEXPECTED SIZE IN TRAY X alternates with LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE Media is loaded that is longer orshorterinthe 1 Press v to print from a different tray feed direction than the size configured for the tray 2 To print from the current tray load the tray with the size and type indicated Ensure that all trays are configured correctly before printing again 41 5 UNEXPECTED TYPE IN TRAY X alternates with LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE
79. using one hand Media can be loaded in tray 1 by using one hand 6 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Walkaround Figure 1 1 Front view shown with optional 500 sheet paper feeder 1 Output bin extender 2 Output bin 3 Top cover This part is called the upper cover in this service manual 4 Printer control panel 5 Front door This part is called the front cover in this service manual 6 Tray 1 holds 100 sheets of standard paper This part is called the multipurpose tray assembly in this service manual 7 Tray 2 cassette holds 250 sheets of standard paper 8 Tray 3 cassette optional holds 500 sheets of standard paper ENWW Walkaround 7 d AW N i Figure 1 2 Back and side view 1 On off switch 2 Power connection 3 EIO slot available on the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers 4 Hi Speed USB 2 0 port 5 Network port available on the HP Color LaserJet 3000n 3000dn 3000dtn 3600n 3600dn 3800n 3800dn and 3800dtn printers 8 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Control panel overview The control panel provides controls for printer functions and shows messages about the printer print jobs and supplies status Wa A Figure 1 3 Control panel buttons and lights Number Button or light Function 1 Stop button Halts the current job presents a choice to resume or cancel t
80. 00 and 3800 1 Use HP Web Jetadmin software to Series printers only delete files from the storage device and alternates with then try again The printer received a PJL file system Ready command that attempted to store something 2 To clear this message press v on the file system but was unsuccessful To clear press v because the file system is full ENWW Control panel messages 193 co X XO u NN Qi Control panel message Description Recommended action USB STORAGE IS WRITE PROTECTED For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 1 To enable writing to the storage device Series printers only use HP Web Jetadmin to turn off write alternates with protection The file system is protected and no new files Ready can be written to it 2 Toclear this message turn the printer off and then on To clear press v USB STORAGE X REMOVED HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series 1 Turn the printer off printers only 2 Tocontinue using the USB storage The USB storage accessory was removed accessory reinstall it while the printer was turned on 3 Turn the printer on USE TRAY X TYPE lt SIZE gt The printer is offering a selection of 1 Use and to highlight a different alternative media to use for the print job size or type and then press v to
81. 112 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 4 of 8 eene 113 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 5 of 8 eene 113 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 6 of 8 enne 114 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 7 of 8 114 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 8 of 8 115 Remove the pickup drive assembly 1 of 13 emen 117 Remove the pickup drive assembly 2 of 13 eene nnns 118 Remove the pickup drive assembly 3 of 13 emen 118 Remove the pickup drive assembly 4 of 13 een eene 119 Remove the pickup drive assembly 5 Of 13 eene 119 Remove the pickup drive assembly 6 of 13 eene menn 120 Remove the pickup drive assembly 7 of 13 sse emen 121 Remove the pickup drive assembly 8 of 13 eene 121 Remove the pickup drive assembly 9 of 13 emen 122 ENWW Figure 5 67 Figure 5 68 Figure 5 69 Figure 5 70 Figure 5 71 Figure 5 72 Figure 5 73 Figure 5 74 Figure 5 75 Figure 5 76 Figure 5 77 Figure 5 78 Figure 5 79 Figure 5 80 Figure 5 81 Figure 5 82 Figure 5 83 Figure 5 84 Figure 5 85 Figure 5 86 Figure 5 87 Figure 5 88 Figure 5 89 Figure 5 90 Figure 5 91 Figure 5 92 Figure 5 93 Figure 5 94 Figure 5 95 Figure 5 96 Figure 5 97 Figure 5 98 Figure 5 99 Figure 5 100 Figure 5 101 Figure 5 102 Figure 5 103 Figure 5 104 Figure 5 105 Figure 5 106 Figure 5 107 Figure 5 108 Figure 5 109 Figure 5 110 Figure 5 111 Figure 5 112 Figure 5 113 Figure 5 114 Figure 5 115 Figure 5 116 ENW
82. 2 main fan removing 129 maintenance agreements 337 maintenance kit resetting counts 223 manually feed message 187 manuals 2 media dirty troubleshooting 213 duplex path jams 205 front cover jams 203 fuser areajams 200 jam detection operations 58 jam prevention 196 sizes supported 16 transparencies 208 tray 1 jams 197 tray2or3jams 198 tray operations 54 troubleshooting 207 two sided printing 17 types supported 16 unexpected size error 177 348 Index unexpected type error 177 media feed stage 65 memory checking installation 27 DIMM failures 187 enabling 27 HP Color LaserJet 3000 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 4 installing 24 insufficient 176 187 NVRAM initialization 235 print cartridges 68 RAM errors 180 190 sanitizing disk message 192 memory controller PCA removing 139 menu map 39 menus locked control panel 184 messages control panel 10 174 misplaced images troubleshooting 218 misregistration color 217 missing color troubleshooting 216 motors locations 50 print cartridge removing 99 multipurpose tray capacity 3 jams 197 locating 7 media sizes supported 16 media types supported 16 pickup and feed operations 56 sensor test 229 solenoids 50 N networks connecting to 22 HP Color LaserJet 3000 features 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 features 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 features 4 HP Jetdirect print server errors 184 ports locating 8 software 13 troubleshooting 222 next day onsite
83. 2 1993 A1 A2 EN55022 1994 A1 A2 Class B EN 61000 3 2 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B ICES 003 Issue 4 GB9254 1998 GB17625 1 2003 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and carries the CE Marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 For regulatory purposes these products are assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with the product name or the product number s 4 CLJ3600 series and CLJ3800 series are similar in design but use various interface boards Boise Idaho 83713 USA 16 May 2005 For Regulatory Topics Only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard Gmbh Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 Bblingen D 71034 Germany FAX 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product R
84. 215 image defects 210 jams after 209 light color 211 lightimages 211 media 207 misplaced images 218 repetitive defects 220 reversed color 218 smearing 218 snail tracks 218 toner buildup 209 transparencies 208 vertical lines 214 white horizontal lines 215 white vertical lines 214 Print Stop test 232 printer maintenance kit counts resetting 223 printing system software 12 processor speed 5 PS Emulation drivers 12 PS font list printing 40 Q quality See print quality troubleshooting R RAM errors 180 190 rear lower cover removing 83 rear upper cover removing 91 regulatory statement 340 remove all print cartridges error 190 removing parts 500 sheet feeder 156 about 70 after service checklist 73 control panel 143 DC controller PCA 135 developing separation drive assembly 108 driver PCA 141 duplex fan 96 duplex driver PCA 147 duplex feed drive assembly 103 duplex reverse drive assembly 100 electrostatic transfer belt ETB 94 formatter cage 92 Index 349 front cover 75 fuser 95 fuser drive assembly 105 high voltage power supply PCA 137 laser scanner assembly 125 left cover 84 low voltage power supply PCA 131 main fan 129 memory controller PCA 139 pickup and feed assembly 111 pickup and feed driver PCA 145 pickup drive assembl 116 preservice checklist 73 print cartridge drive motors 99 print cartridges 74 rear lower cover 83 rear upper cover 91 right cover 87 screws types of 72 service approac
85. 27 7 Disconnect two wire harnesses callout 8 CAUTION To prevent ESD damage do not touch the laser scanner PCAs callout 9 or the laser scanner lenses callout 10 Figure 5 76 Remove the laser scanner assembly 6 of 6 128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Main fan 1 Remove the following components Fuser See Fuser on page 95 Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 High voltage power supply See High voltage power supply on page 137 Disconnect one connector callout 1 J1008 on the DC controller Figure 5 77 Remove the main fan 1 of 2 Internal assemblies 129 3 Remove one screw callout 2 to release the fan Figure 5 78 Remove the main fan 2 of 2 130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs NOTE For information about removing the 500 sheet feeder PCA see 500 sheet feeder driver PCA on page 163 in the 500 sheet feeder section of this chapter Low voltage power supply PCA A a CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chas
86. 3 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models on page 299 Media sensor cassette assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2684 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Motor AC 24V 9W RK2 0939 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Motor DC ETB simplex models RK2 0937 000CN Electronic transfer belt simplex models on page 293 Mount hinge left RC1 6684 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Multipurpose tray tray 1 extension tray assembly RM1 2710 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 RM1 2711 000CN Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 on page 297 Multipurpose tray paper pickup gear assembly RM1 2704 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Multipurpose tray roller HP CLJ 3600 3800 Multipurpose tray separation pad assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2741 000CN RM1 2699 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2774 000CN RM1 2755 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289
87. 3 Press W to highlight PRINT FILE DIRECTORY and then press v Shows information for all installed mass storage deyices EZ NOTE This option does not appear if no mass storage devices are installed PCL or PS font list 1 Press Menu HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v Series printers only 3 Press W to highlight PRINT PCL FONT LIST or PRINT PS FONT LIST and Shows which fonts are currently then press v installed in the printer EZ NOTE The fontlists also show which fonts are resident on an optional hard disk accessory or flash DIMM Configuring e mail alerts ET NOTE If your host software does not support e mail this feature might not be available on the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer You can use HP Web Jetadmin or the embedded Web server to configure the system to alert you of problems with the printer The alerts take the form of e mail messages to the e mail account s that you specify Configure the following items e The printer s that you want to monitor e The alerts that you want to receive for example alerts for jams paper out supplies status and cover open e The e mail account s to which the alerts should be forwarded Software Information location HP Web Jetadmin See HP Web Jetadmin on page 13 for general information about HP Web Jetadmin See the HP Web Jetadmin Help system for details about alerts and how to set the
88. 4 Figure 5 35 Figure 5 36 Figure 5 37 Figure 5 38 Figure 5 39 Figure 5 40 Figure 5 41 Figure 5 42 Figure 5 43 Figure 5 44 Figure 5 45 Figure 5 46 Figure 5 47 Figure 5 48 Figure 5 49 Figure 5 50 Figure 5 51 Figure 5 52 Figure 5 53 Figure 5 54 Figure 5 55 Figure 5 56 Figure 5 57 Figure 5 58 Figure 5 59 Figure 5 60 Figure 5 61 Figure 5 62 Figure 5 63 Figure 5 64 Figure 5 65 Figure 5 66 xiv Remove the rear lower cover 2 of 2 eene nennen emnes 83 Remove the left cover 1 0f 5 itte tee E RE eta AR ERE IRL S RR ERRARE ELA EE ARE sacs 84 Remove the left cover 2 of 5 iiis cesdee eene e donee eie deae e e dou 84 Remove the lent covert of 5 eed ette et ep det rr AAT A 85 Remove the left cover 4 of 5 eec eite need ee ttn dne den enn d deed ean 85 Remove the lefi cover b of 5 ee o e edge rod dig re be e EE LR ERR ae 86 Remove the right cover 1 of 4 enne enne nennen nnne nnn nnns 87 Remove tlie right cover 2 0f 4q 1 te tette dee rr re eee etme 88 Remove the right cover 3 of 4 enn eene nennen nennen nnne nnne 89 Remove the right cover 4 of 4 enne eene menn enne nnns 90 Remove the rear upper cover sssssssssssssssssssssesnen e rn re nnne nennen nnn en nn en nn rennen nennen 91 Remove the formatter Cage metti tenet ic heL d EA Dueh E EETA 93 Remove he front ETB RHENO PRI ii een 94 Remove the TUSer inaniter 95 Remove the duplex fan 1 of 3 eie ttt nette tae eR e
89. 4 dB A Sound pressure level bystander position Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 20 ppm Loam 50 dB A Ready Loam 40 dB A 1 The HP Color LaserJet 3800n was tested in simplex mode with A4 size media The printing speed is 20 ppm for letter size media and 21 ppm for A4 size media N ET NOTE These values are subject to change 332 AppendixA Printer specifications ENWW Operating environment specifications ENWW Table A 8 Operating environment specifications Environment Recommended Allowed Temperature 17 to 25 C 62 6 to 77 F 10 to 27 C 50 to 81 F Humidity 20 to 60 relative humidity RH 10 to 70 RH Altitude Not applicable 0 to 2 600 m 0 to 8 530 ft S NOTE These values are subject to change Operating environment specifications 333 334 AppendixA Printer specifications ENWW B Product warranty statements e Hewlett Packard Limited Warranty Statement e X Availability of support and service e HP maintenance agreements ENWW 335 Hewlett Packard Limited Warranty Statement HP PRODUCT DURATION OF LIMITED WARRANTY HP 3000 3600 3800 Series printer 1 year Onsite service HP warrants to you the end user customer that HP hardware and accessories will be free from defects in materials and workmanship after the date of purchase for the period specified above If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will at its option either repair or rep
90. 40 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Driver PCA A CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Remove the following components e Fuser See Fuser on page 95 e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 2 Disconnect all of the connectors and FFCs on the driver PCA AN CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation Figure 5 93 Remove the driver PCA 1 of 2 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 141 3 Remove two screws callout 1 to release the driver PCA Figure 5 94 Remove the driver PCA 2 of 2 142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Control panel A CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they ar
91. 5 on page 273 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models on page 281 324 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RM1 2617 000CN Cable duplexing duplex models External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2618 000CN Cable duplexing sensor duplex models Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models on page 281 RM1 2619 000CN Cable fuser drive Fuser drive assembly on page 285 RM1 2620 000CN Cable paper full duplex models External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2624 000CN Cable option media sensor 500 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 RM1 2625 000CN RM1 2627 000CN Cable option sensor Cable memory tag 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RM1 2628 000CN Cable paper full Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2629 000CN Cable drum motor HP CLJ 3000 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2630 000CN RM1 2640 000CN Cable paper full simplex models Scanner assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2665 000CN RM1 2668 000CN Fuser assembly 110V 127V
92. 61 WG8 5696 000CN WP2 5214 000CN Photointerruptor Sensor temperature 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 WT2 5944 000CN Cable clamp Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 ENWW Numerical parts list 327 328 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Printer specifications e Electrical specifications e Power consumption specifications e Acoustic specifications e XOperating environment specifications Electrical specifications WARNING Power requirements are based on the country region where the printer is sold Do not convert operating voltages This can damage the printer and void the product warranty Table A 1 Electrical specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printers Item 110 volt models 220 volt models Power requirements 100 to 127 V 10 220 to 240 V 10 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz Minimum recommended circuit capacity 6 5 A 3 5A Table A 2 Electrical specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer Item 110 volt models 220 volt models Power requirements 100 to 127 V 10 220 to 240 V 10 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz Minimum recommended circuit capacity 6 5 A 3 5A Table A 3 Electrical specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer Item 110 volt models 220 volt models Power requi
93. 7 duplex feed drive assembly removing 103 duplex reverse drive assembly 234 removing 100 duplexing 17 E e mail alerts 40 Easy Printer Care Software 14 43 EIO bad transmission error 176 EIO buffer overflow 176 EIO slot 8 EIO troubleshooting 222 electrical specifications 330 electrostatic discharge ESD 70 electrostatic transfer belt ETB removing 94 embedded I O bad transmission errors 176 embedded I O buffer overflow 176 embedded Web server about 14 e mail alerts 40 print cartridge supply level checking 34 settings 41 using 40 energy specifications 330 Energy Star compliance 6 engine control system 48 engine test page 233 envelopes sizes supported 16 environment for printer specifications 333 troubleshooting 208 error messages control panel 10 174 ETB electrostatic transfer belt removing 94 ETB separation stage 66 event log clearing 223 printing 227 viewing 227 F factory defaults restoring cold reset 235 NVRAM initialization 235 faded color troubleshooting 211 ENWW faded images troubleshooting 211 fans removing duplex 96 main 129 FCC regulations 340 features HP Color LaserJet 3000 3 5 HP Color LaserJet 3600 4 5 HP Color LaserJet 3800 4 5 field replaceable units 70 file directory page 40 Finland laser safety statement 344 firmware upgrades troubleshooting 185 186 192 flowchart troubleshooting fonts DIMMs installing 24 included 5 list printing 40 formatter LED 225 res
94. 8 Repetitive defects troubleshooting sss eee nnnm 220 Interface troubleshooting 3 dre netter eiit Re a una erae S cbe Era dan ede ead e AER S REA EE 222 Communication checks cet eee tree eC ber ERR Eee eed ne 222 ElOtrOUDIESMOOUMGS 22 2 2 a drerit aside ater ett lotes loea eee EDD Ren LAUUA 222 DSENVICS MOM m 223 Usirig the Service MENU est s cedere edet tete fee retur terae 223 Clear event log iarere D en tet eed eue e eo vue s dra ea dau Pl gp Dv adds 223 Total page COUM sereante a ee or a co n REL HR IE a debo needed 223 Serial number eiie iinei od eet ee dde ee doe e e es dee edd dex i dde a ds 223 Diagnostics menus 5e tea e dt ete tena 224 IBIETe rezur cT 225 LED diagrnostl6s cii ie Pere ette bebe rie bati iilo eee entered e ence tate Pesce Batpeme ei uglate 225 Diagnostics Tode e eee eR ERE MU RE RRR ERES RUBRO ER RR S 225 Diagnostics that put the engine into the special diagnostics mode 226 Diagnostic testense EM 226 Individual diagnostic tests ssssssssseeeeeeeene nemen eene 227 Printthe eventlog page iecit tah nie eA aah e tus 227 View the event log on the control panel display essseees 227 Print the print quality PQ troubleshooting pages eeeeee 228 Disable cartridge check special mode test sssese 228 Papet path Sensor test rete e
95. 990 12 so YY 12 b 10 minus 1 calendar month minus 1 9 c 9times 30 270 d 270 plus 17 the calendar day 287 so DDD 287 e The complete service ID number is 12287 ENWW Service ID 237 Troubleshooting diagrams The diagrams in this section include connector locations DC controller connectors major assembly locations printer timing and printed circuit block diagrams Connector locations Use these diagrams to identify connector locations DUPLEX MODEL Duplexing driver PCB J802 Driver PCB J201 J203 J206 J208 J210 J213 J401 J403 J405 J410 DC Controller PCB J1012 J1008 J1010 J1014 J1018 J1019 J1020 J1024 Memory Tag PCB J301 J305 Figure 6 5 Printer connector locations 238 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Paper Feeder Media Sensor J4012 500 Sheet Paper Feeder PCB J4001 J4004 Figure 6 6 500 sheet tray connector locations ENWW Service ID 239 Major assemblies Use this diagram to identify major assemblies in the printer Figure 6 7 Major assemblies 1 of 5 1 Fuser drive assembly Developing separation drive assembly Pickup drive assembly Laser scanner assembly Pickup and feed assembly o o o N Main drive assembly 240 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW E Sea Figure 6 8 Major assemblies 2 of 5 1 Main fan Fuser drive motor Print cartridge drive motors M6 M7 M8 M9 Pickup and feed motor M4 Developing separation so
96. ANENT STORAGE WRITE FAIL A nonvolatile storage device is full Press v 1 Press v to continue to clear the message Printing can continue alternates with but unexpected behavior could result 2 For 68 0 errors turn the printer off and then on To continue press v X Description 3 Ifthe error persists perform an NVRAM 0 Onboard NVRAM initialization 1 Removable disk 4 For 68 1 errors use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive 68 X STORAGE ERROR SETTINGS One or more printer settings that were saved 1 Press v to continue CHANGED in the nonvolatile storage device are invalid and have been reset to the factory default 2 Turn the printer off and then on alternates with Press Y to clear the message Printing can continue but unexpected behavior could 3 Check the printer settings to determine To continue press v result which settings have been changed 79 XXXX ERROR For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 1 Turn the printer off and then on Series printers only alternates with 2 Reseat the firmware DIMM A critical hardware error has occurred To continue turn off then on 3 Reseat the formatter PCB 4 Replace the firmware DIMM 5 Replace the formatter PCB 8X YYYY EIO ERROR For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 1 Turn the printer off and then on Series printers only 2 Reseat the EIO card The EIO accessory card has encountered a critical error 3 Replace the EIO card ENWW Control panel m
97. CN Cable panel connecting Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RM1 2589 000CN Cable media sensor cassette assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RM1 2592 000CN RM1 2594 000CN Cable power control Cable scanner Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RM1 2595 000CN Cable environment sensor Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2596 000CN Cable panel Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RM1 2597 000CN RM1 2600 000CN RM1 2603 000CN Fuser cable assembly DC controller PCA assembly HP CLJ 3000 Cable sensor Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 PCAs on page 303 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RM1 2605 000CN Cable drive power Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2608 000CN Cable ETB Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2609 000CN RM1 2610 000Cn Cable duplex docking Cable drum motor Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2611 000CN Cable solenoid Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2613 000CN Cable cassette Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 2614 000CN RM1 2616 000CN Cable drum motor HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable duplexing duplex models Internal components 4 of
98. DO NOT EXCLUDE RESTRICT OR MODIFY AND ARE IN ADDITION TO THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THIS PRODUCT TO YOU 336 AppendixB Product warranty statements ENWW Availability of support and service Around the world HP provides a variety of service and support options for purchase Availability of these programs will vary depending upon your location HP maintenance agreements Hewlett Packard Company has several types of maintenance agreements that meet a wide range of support needs Maintenance agreements are not part of the standard warranty Support services vary by location Contact HP Customer Care to determine the services that are available and for more information about maintenance agreements In general the printer will have the following maintenance agreement Next Day Onsite Service This agreement provides support by the next working day following a service request Extended coverage hours and extended travel beyond HP s designated service zones are available on most onsite agreements for additional charges ENWW Availability of support and service 337 338 AppendixB Product warranty statements ENWW C Regulatory statements e FCC regulations e Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer e Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series and HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer e Safety statements ENWW 339 FCC regulations This equipment has bee
99. EST Tests the printer paper handling features such as the configuration of the trays MANUAL SENSOR Tests the paper path sensors and switches for correct operation TEST COMPONENT TEST Activates individual parts independently to isolate noise leaking and other hardware issues PRINT STOP TEST Isolates print quality issues more accurately by stopping the printer in mid print cycle Stopping the printer in mid print cycle causes a jam that might need to be removed manually Only a service representative should perform this test X M P 224 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Diagnostics ENWW The following section describes the printer s diagnostics LED diagnostics Use the following procedure to help identify the cause of high level printer problems These problems are indicated by abnormalities in the printer s power on sequence The LED that the procedure refers to is on the formatter This is the heartbeat LED that blinks on and off when the formatter is operating correctly Does the LED blink with four fast bursts at power on If not then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the memory e Check the formatter Does the LED blink at a fast steady rate during memory testing one blink per 8 MB If not then perform the following check
100. Fuser drive assembly Fuser on page 301 Fuser drive assembly on page 285 RM1 2670 000CN Interlock switch assembly External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2671 000CN Upper cover assembly fuser door simplex models External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2672 000CN Top cover assembly simplex models External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2673 000CN Front cover assembly simplex models Front cover assembly simplex model on page 263 RM1 2678 000CN Right rear base assembly Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RM1 2679 000CN Paper pickup drive assembly Paper pickup drive assembly on page 277 RM1 2683 000CN RM1 2684 000CN Contact holder assembly Media sensor cassette assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RM1 2687 000CN Developing separation estrangement drive assembly Developing separation drive assembly on page 283 ENWW Numerical parts list 325 Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RM1 2689 000CN Drive motor assembly print cartridge HP CLJ 3600 3800 K Y C M cartridges HP CLJ 3000 Y C M cartridges only Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RM1 2690 000CN Electronic transfer belt simplex models
101. HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 3800 Series printers Service Manual HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 3800 Series printers Service Manual invent Copyright and license 2005 Copyright Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Reproduction adaptation or translation without prior written permission is prohibited except as allowed under the copyright laws The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and Services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein Edition 1 11 2005 Part number Q5982 90932 Trademark credits Microsoft amp and WindowsQ are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Linux is a U S registered trademark of Linus Torvalds PostScript amp is a trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated UNIXO is a registered trademark of The Open Group Energy Star and the Energy Star logo are U S registered marks of the United States Environmental Protection Agency Table of contents 1 Product information Quick access to printer information sssrini inini innen eerte nnn en nnn nnn nn nen 2 Printers ata glance HR ee ERR ce Pe ERR Rad da e Ra E EUR ER Rue eno ERA TAREA ae 3 HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer
102. IGURATION and then press v E NOTE Ifthe printer contains an HP Jetdirect print server or an optional hard disk accessory an additional configuration page prints that provides information about those devices Supplies status page Shows print cartridge toner levels 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS PAGE and then press v Usage page HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only Shows a page count for each size of paper printed the number of one sided simplexed or two sided duplexed pages and the average percentage of coverage for each color 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT USAGE PAGE and then press v Demo page Shows a color photograph that allows you to check print quality Color usage log Shows color use statistics for the printer 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT DEMO and then press v 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT COLOR USAGE JOB LOG and then press v ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 39 Page description How to print the page File directory 1 Press Menu HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v Series printers only
103. Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Guide cable right 3 RC1 7544 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Guide cable right 4 RC1 7545 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Guide cartridge left Guide cassette front left RC1 6629 000CN RC1 6499 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Guide cassette front right RC1 6502 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Guide duplexing external duplex models RC1 6744 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Guide flexible flat cable 1 Guide flexible flat cable 2 RC1 6772 000CN RC1 6773 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Alphabetical parts list 315 316 Chapter 7 Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page High voltage PCA assembly Holder drawer RM1 2578 000CN RC1 6653 000CN PCAs on page 303 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Holder drawer connector RC1 6652 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Holder ETB left RC1 6673 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Holder ETB right Holder fan RC1 6674 000CN RC1 6631 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267
104. L eet ress 245 Timing diagram esiisa EEEE eren nn nne r nennen 246 Circuit diagrams iveccebetdaneebelsectstaeceesveaciave cheounecdadgeteviacdagiebesmmacisdeteedcclasnenenne 248 7 Parts and diagrams Ordering parts and supplles iere tide he Een Lea n ee Reed ted ak ae Add ea Re nM 252 muc MD ELE 252 How to use the parts lists and diagrams sssseeen ene 252 RYE I 252 Related documentation and software ssssssssssssse eene 253 Accessories and supplies ssssssssssssssssseseeeeererr rem enn nn nnne nn nennen nnn 253 External panels and covers sssssssssssssssssssssssssseeerere nennen enne nnn nennen rennen enne 258 lateral components eterne Mese pp diene neta Renate eu aa LAUR RR IN e AENEA TM ED MESES RESTE NER MED A n EE EOS UREA 266 Paper pickup drive assembly sss eene rer em emnes nennen nennen nennen 276 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models ssseeenm nenne 278 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models eee ne 280 Developing separation drive assembly sssssssssssseeeeee eene ennemis 282 Fuser drive assembly ssssssssssssseseeeenen enne nenne nennre nn ennnemeri nnn n nene rire n nnn r nennen 284 GcUrCWur pe 286 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 ssssssssseeeeeeeee eee mne rre nennen 288 Paper pic
105. N Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cable drive flat 2 Cable drive power RK2 0970 000CN RM1 2605 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable drum motor RM1 2610 000Cn Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable drum motor HP CLJ 3000 RM1 2629 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable drum motor HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable duplex docking RM1 2614 000CN RM1 2609 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Cable duplexing duplex models RM1 2617 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 310 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Cable duplexing duplex models RM1 2616 000CN Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models on page 281 Cable duplexing sensor duplex models RM1 2618 000CN Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models on page 281 Cable environment sensor RM1 2595 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable ETB RM1 2608 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable fuser drive Cable media sensor cassette assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2619 000CN RM1 2589 000CN Fuser drive assembly on page 285 Inte
106. NTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow limitations on the duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you might also have other rights that vary from country region to country region state to state or province to province HP s limited warranty is valid in any country region or locality where HP has a support presence for this product and where HP has marketed this product The level of warranty service you receive might vary according to local standards HP will not alter form fit or function of the product to make it operate in a country region for which it was never intended to function for legal or regulatory reasons TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE REMEDIES IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT ARE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES EXCEPT AS INDICATED ABOVE IN NO EVENT WILL HP OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR LOSS OF DATA OR FOR DIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING LOST PROFIT OR DATA OR OTHER DAMAGE WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE Some countries regions states or provinces do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion might not apply to you THE WARRANTY TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS STATEMENT EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED
107. Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PAPER PATH TEST and then press v 4 Select the paper path test options when the printer prompts you Manual sensor test special mode test Use this diagnostic test to test the printer sensors and switches ET NOTE To eliminate the flickering on the control panel display during this test leave the door switch in the open state 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight MANUAL SENSOR TEST and then press v To exit this diagnostic press the Stop button and then select EXIT DIAGNOSTICS Menus cannot be opened during component tests so v serves the same function as the Stop button ET NOTE Depressing all three switches of the tray 2 paper size levers causes the Custom paper menu to appear on the control panel display Press the gt to return to the sensor diagnostic Screen To toggle a sensor find and move the sensor flags in the following locations Table 6 28 shows how these letter designations correspond to the paper path sensors Diagnostics 229 Table 6 28 Manual sensor test Name Symbol Paper path sensors Manual sensor test A Top of page sensor SR710 Oor1 Oor 1 B Paper loop sensor SR6001 Oor 1 Oor 1 C N A N A 0 0 D Fuser paper sensor SR6005 Oor 1 Oor 1 E Delivery tray paper full SR706 Oor1
108. R The transfer rollers in the ETB are not engaged Check that the following connectors on the driver PCA are seated correctly J5002 on the ETB motor J5011 on the transfer roller separation solenoid J206 on the driver PCA J1019 on the DC controller Replace the ETB motor Replace solenoid SL5011 Replace the ETB Replace the high voltage power supply PCA 182 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message 62 NO SYSTEM Description No system was found Recommended action 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 Reseat the firmware DIMM Make sure that it is in slot 1 the bottom slot 3 Download new firmware 4 Replace the firmware DIMM 64 ERROR For the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series 1 Turn the printer off and then on printers only For help press 2 Replace the firmware DIMM A scan buffer error has occurred alternates with 3 Replace the formatter PCB To continue turn off then on 68 X PERMANENT STORAGE FULL A nonvolatile storage device is full Press v 1 Press v to continue to clear the message Printing can continue alternates with but unexpected behavior could result 2 For 68 0 errors turn the printer off and then on To continue press v X Description 3 If the error persists perform an NVRAM 0 Onboard NVRAM initialization 1 Removable disk flash or hard 4 For 68 1 errors use the HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the disk drive 68 X PERM
109. Spring tension Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6636 000CN Lever lock slide left Parts and diagrams Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 ENWW ENWW Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RC1 6638 000CN Cam slide left Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6639 000CN Rod link left Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6640 000CN Lever lock right Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6641 000CN Spring grounding Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6643 000CN Lever lock slide right Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6645 000CN Cam slide right Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6646 000CN Rod link right Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 RC1 6650 000CN RC1 6651 000CN Foot rear Cover shutter left Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6652 000CN Holder drawer connector Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RC1 6653 000CN RC1 6668 000CN RC1 6673 000CN Holder drawer Cover crossmember upper Holder ETB left Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 3 of 5
110. TX T 100 Base TX 100 Base TX input output EIO slot networks networks networks e 64 MB RAM e X Automatic 2 sided e X Automatic 2 sided duplex printing duplex printing e X 500 sheet input tray tray 3 nss Se Printers at a glance 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer Table 1 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer configurations HP Color LaserJet 3600 printer HP Color LaserJet 3600n printer HP Color LaserJet 3600dn printer e 17 ppm print speed The features of the HP Color LaserJet The features of the HP Color LaserJet 3600 printer plus 3600 printer plus e X 100 sheet multipurpose tray tray 1 and 250 sheet input tray e HP Jetdirect value featured e 64 MB RAM 128 total tray 2 embedded print server to connect to 10Base T 100Base TX networks e A Automatic 2 sided duplex printing e Hi Speed USB 2 0 port e 64 MB RAM e HP Jetdirect value featured e 64 MB RAM embedded print server to connect to 10Base T 100Base TX networks HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer Table 1 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer configurations HP Color LaserJet 3800 printer HP Color LaserJet 3800n HP Color LaserJet HP Color LaserJet printer 3800dn printer 3800dtn printer e 22 ppm letter size or 21 ppm The features of the The features of the The features of the A4 print speed HP Color LaserJet 3800 HP Color LaserJet 3800 HP Color LaserJet 3800 printe
111. Table 1 8 Table 1 9 Table 1 10 Table 2 1 Table 4 1 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 6 7 Table 6 8 Table 6 9 Table 6 10 Table 6 11 Table 6 12 Table 6 13 Table 6 14 Table 6 15 Table 6 16 Table 6 17 Table 6 18 Table 6 19 Table 6 20 Table 6 21 Table 6 22 Table 6 23 Table 6 24 Table 6 25 Table 6 26 Table 6 27 Table 6 28 ENWW Printer 0 m 2 HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer configurations esse 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer configurations ess 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer configurations esse 4 Features ite Magen tinet RE ERde te onde ditas icef attesa Mud iaa IM LU ER data AaS 5 Printer drivers for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers ssss 12 Tray 1 multipurpose tray media types ssssssssssssseeeeme nennen 16 Tray 2 and tray 3 media tyPeS eee ee ee tree eee eee nennen enne nnn nennen enne nnn 16 Supported media sIZes ce En Pec eese Rte seda t Pebdse dee PAL n gn eue ddes da adr dasta Rdeu en 16 Automatic 2 sided printing cde oett ene dee dota eue Rad uu neu RE Re REO dat coU RA 17 Physical dimensions for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 3800 Series printers 21 Sequence of operation essssssssssssssssssssssseseeertnerere nnn en nennen nen nnne rennes n nein n nennen 48 Troubleshooting f
112. Table 7 26 Table 7 27 Table 7 28 Table 7 29 Table 7 30 Table A 1 Table A 2 Table A 3 Table A 4 Table A 5 Table A 6 Table A 7 Table A 8 xii Technical support Web i S OT A a E erret nennen nnne nnne nennt 253 Accessories and supplies ssssssssssssssssssesseseee ener mener n nennen nnne nnne 253 External panels and covers 1 of 2 sse ener nennen nnne 259 External panels and covers 2 of 2 eee 261 Front cover assembly simplex model sse eene nenne 263 Front cover assembly duplex model sssssssseseseeenne nennen enne 265 Internal components 1 of 5 a nemen nnn eren nnne nnne ns 267 Internal components 2 Of 5 dites rie demere di dr steam tede Ahan ea dames 269 Internal components 3 of 5 nennen enn en nnnm rnnt nnne nennen 271 Internal components 4 of 5b 2 2 tni teri eno ec e Pep es 273 Internal components 5 of 5 ccce td e nite ERR Enti IRR RE NAE RR Enni nde R HER 275 Paper pickup drive assembly ette Mte tee ee edle Mie dE 277 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models sen n 279 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models seen 281 Developing separation drive assembly ssssssssssssseeee nennen nnns 283 Euser drive assemibly n eb tet et bi ie d t pd bti dat Maced hebeteceets 285 Cassette tray 2 cett ex Os era dom ee ea ree e e e R
113. Two or more print cartridges are installed in Press and then press for help For status press v the incorrect slot See Replacing supplies on page 31 for more information INFLATE FAILURE Initializing permanent storage For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only An error has occurred during a firmware upgrade This message appears when the printer is turned on to show that permanent storage is being initialized Reinstall the firmware No action necessary Initializing INSERT OR CLOSE TRAY X INSTALL COLOR CARTRIDGE alternates with For help press This message appears when the printer is turned on and begins initialization A tray is open and the printer is trying to print from another tray The cartridge is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer No action necessary Close the tray indicated so that printing can continue E NOTE Tray 2 must be correctly installed in order to print from the MP tray Press for help See Replacing print cartridges on page 34 for more information INSTALL FUSER For help press INSTALL SUPPLIES For status press v The fuser is either not installed or not correctly installed in the printer Two or more cartridges are missing 1 Press for help 2 Make sure that the fuser is completely seated in its slot 3 Reseat the fuser 4 Turn the printer off and remov
114. UFFER OVERFLOW alternates with To continue press v The printer has received more data from the computer than fits in available memory For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers with an EIO device only The printer EIO card in slot X has overflowed its I O buffer during a busy state 1 Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost 2 Reduce the complexity of the print job to avoid this error 3 Adding memory to the printer might accommodate printing of more complex pages Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost 22 EMBEDDED I O BUFFER OVERFLOW 22 PARALLEL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW alternates with To continue press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The embedded HP Jetdirect print server buffer has overflowed during a busy state For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer parallel buffer has overflowed during a busy state Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost Press v to continue printing E NOTE Data will be lost 22 SERIAL I O BUFFER OVERFLOW alternates with To continue press v 22 USB I O BUFFER OVERFLOW alternates with To continue press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers with an EIO device only The printer serial buffer has overflowed during a busy state The printer USB buffer has overflowed during a busy state Press v
115. W Remove the pickup drive assembly 10 of 13 sse eene 122 Remove the pickup drive assembly 11 of 13 eene 123 Remove the pickup drive assembly 12 of 13 eene 123 Remove the pickup drive assembly 13 of 13 eee 124 Remove the laser scanner assembly 1 of 6 emen 125 Remove the laser scanner assembly 2 of 6 sss eene 126 Remove the laser scanner assembly 3 of 6 sss eene eene 126 Remove the laser scanner assembly 4 of 6 sssssssssssssseeeee emen 127 Remove the laser scanner assembly 5 of 6 sss enne 127 Remove the laser scanner assembly 6 of 6 sss eene emen 128 Remove the mainfan T 0f 2 eiit Pietre ble apod Pebodexkaa I Quiere ofen aues 129 Remove the man fon 2 Of 2 encre eo ini eee xp tid acect gti eetebe itt eee T 130 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 1 of 6 em 131 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 2 of 6 eem 132 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 3 of 6 em 132 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 4 of 6 emm 133 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 5 Of 6 sss 133 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 6 of 6 emm 134 Remove the DC controller PCA 1 of 3 nennen nnns 135 Remove the DC controller PCA 2 of 3 eene nnns 136 Remove the DC controller PCA 3 of 3 nennen R 136 Remove the high voltage power supply 1 of 3 emen 137 Remove the h
116. Y SERRA eere santas 125 MEUM 129 Printed circuit assemblies PAS 22 2 peinado iacet apt a0 e EC o nieder led d da Rude uS 131 6 Troubleshooting vi Low voltage power supply PCA sssssssssssssseeemenenennen ennemis nn nnns 131 DC controller PCA LEE 135 High voltage power supply sssseeeneeeeennnem eene nennen 137 Memory controller PORA 0 deerit ar eet E Eee REEF e ER bd ates 139 Bude 141 Control panel rere re Eee gue E eee EC ERE EP Ee eh Rn Dien e IEEE ange T E YTE ERE 143 Pickup and feed driver PCA 2 ccccecceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteccaaecaacaaecaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeetes 145 Duplex driver PCA c 147 SILLA M M XR 149 Cassette media sensor HP LaserJet 3600 3800 sss 149 Temperature sensor ette tn nde e a ted etu e a dede rendue d e kane Rada iaaa 151 Paper and registration sensor COVers ssssssssseeeneeeeenee eee 152 Cartridge sensor PO res ite d ones ds Mete ge ANAE E a Led Debe cad urea dba REDE RUE 153 SII 156 500 sSheet feeder right COVOt iecit eee Er e te e ee tete atti eeu 156 500 sheet feeder left cover sssssssssssssssssssssssssseeene nnne 158 500 sheet feeder rear COVED ccccccccccecececceeeeeeeeeee ents teeta aaeecsaaaasanaaeeaaecaeceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeess 161 500 sheet feeder driver PCA 2 eccecce
117. al print mode HP CLJ 3600 for black printing in Normal mode 2 2 seconds for color printing in Normal mode 3 8 seconds HP CLJ 3800 approximately 3 8 seconds in Normal print mode Wrapping jam The printing operation stops when the fuser paper sensor SR6005 does not detect any media within a specific time The time varies depending on the length of the media that the top of page sensor SR710 detected HP CLJ 3000 approximately 1 9 seconds in Normal print mode with letter size media HP CLJ 3600 for black printing in Normal mode with letter size media 1 3 seconds for color printing in Normal mode with letter size media 2 4 seconds HP CLJ 3800 approximately 2 4 seconds in Normal print mode with letter size media Delivery stationary jam The printing operation stops when the fuser paper sensor SR6005 continues to detect paper for a specific time after the top of page sensor SR710 detected its presence HP CLJ 3000 approximately 3 1 seconds in Normal print mode HP CLJ 3600 for black printing in Normal mode 2 2 seconds for color printing 3 9 seconds HP CLJ 3800 approximately 3 9 seconds in Normal print mode Duplexing pickup delay jam for models that include an automatic duplex accessory The printing operation stops when the top of page sensor SR710 does not detect the leading edge of the second side of the paper within a specific time after the duplexing feed motor M10 started rotating Pickup and feed
118. ality not available error 184 photosensitive drum image formation operations 63 rotation test 234 physical specifications 21 pickup and feed assembly removing 111 pickup and feed driver PCA removing 145 pickup and feed system operations 53 pickup drive assembly removing 116 pliers required 71 ports HP Color LaserJet 3000 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 4 locating 8 supported 5 power specifications 330 power switch 8 power on ENWW operations 49 troubleshooting 172 PPDs Macintosh 14 pre exposure stage 63 pre troubleshooting checklist 170 preservice checklist 73 preventative maintenance kit resetting counts 223 primary charging stage 64 print cartridge drive motors removing 99 print cartridges drum rotation test 234 features 6 Genuine HP message 185 image formation system 61 incorrect installation message 185 install message 186 jam locations 195 life expectancy 33 non HP 33 188 operations 67 order message 188 remove all message 190 removing 74 replace message 191 replacement intervals 30 replacing 34 status messages 10 storing 33 supply level checking 34 testing 228 print quality troubleshooting black or solid color pages 213 blank images 213 blank spots 216 color misregistration 217 color missing 216 dark color 212 dark images 212 diagnostic pages 209 228 dirton paper 213 distorted images 217 dots in vertical lines 213 environment 208 fusing poor 216 horizontal lines
119. all programs on the print server or on each computer that will use the printer Install the software Insert the CD that came with the printer and then click Install Printer on the welcome screen If the welcome screen does not appear run SETUP EXE from the root directory of the CD Follow the onscreen instructions When prompted select Wired Networking The installer shows available printers Select the appropriate IP address On the Installation Type screen select Full Installation to install the most common drivers and software select Basic Installation to install the minimum set of drivers and software recommended or select Custom Installation NOTE See the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrators Guide for more information You can find this guide on the printer CD To use Windows with a direct connection USB f Install the software from the CD before connecting the cable to the printer ET NOTE Ifthe New Hardware Found message appears insert the CD follow the onscreen instructions and accept the default selections On the welcome screen click Install Printer The Setup Wizard appears ET NOTE If the welcome screen does not appear click Start and then click Run Type X SETUP replace X with the CD ROM drive letter and then click OK Follow the onscreen instructions When prompted connect a USB cable between the printer and the computer ET NOTE HP does not recommend using USB hubs Use a USB
120. and V10 3 14 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW XX piig Windows Macintosh OS pu M H rti ENWW Printer software 15 Print media specifications For optimum results use conventional 75 g m to 90 g m 20 Ib to 24 Ib photocopy paper Verify that the paper is of good quality and is free of cuts nicks tears spots loose particles dust wrinkles curls or bent edges Supported media types Table 1 7 Tray 1 multipurpose tray media types Type Dimensions Weight or thickness Capacity Plain Minimum 76 x 127 mm 3x 5 in 60 to 163 g m 16 to 43 Ib bond 100 sheets Glossy paper Maximum 216 x 356 mm HP Color LaserJet 3600 and 3800 75 to 60 sheets 8 5 x 14 in 220 g m 20 to 58 Ib bond HP Color LaserJet 3000 75 to 120 g m 20 to 32 Ib bond Transparencies 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 4 7 to 5 mils thick 60 sheets Envelopes 60 to 90 g m 16 to 24 Ib bond 10 envelopes Labels 75 to 163 g m 20 to 43 Ib bond 60 sheets Cardstock 163 to 220 g m 43 to 58 Ib cover 60 sheets ee 1 Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions Smoothness should be 100 to 250 Sheff
121. apter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 28 500 sheet feeder PCA Description Part number PCA assembly 500 sheet feeder RM1 2583 000CN ENWW 500 sheet feeder PCA 309 Alphabetical parts list Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list Description Part number Table and page 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly RM1 2725 000CN 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 500 sheet cassette only tray 3 500 sheet feeder and cassette RM1 2732 000CN Q5985 67901 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 Arm switch link RC1 6700 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Block Multipurpose path HP CLJ 3000 RC1 7959 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Bracket left rear RC1 7551 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Bushing RC1 6573 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Bushing RC1 6823 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Bushing HP CLJ 3000 RC1 6517 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Bushing HP CLJ 3000 Cable cassette RC1 6518 000CN RM1 2613 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable clamp WT2 5944 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cable drive flat 1 RK2 0969 000C
122. at all of the page remove the accessory and reinstall it Information pages accessories are installed After evaluating the configuration pages go to step 5 Are all of the accessories installed Yes Y No gt 5 Does the print quality meet the customer s Compare the images with the sample defects in the image defect requirements tables Image quality Yes 4 No After the print quality is acceptable go to step 6 6 Can the customer print successfully from the Verify that all I O cables are connected correctly and that a valid IP host computer address is listed on the Jetdirect configuration page Interface Yes This is the end of No When the customer can print from the host computer the the troubleshooting troubleshooting process ends process Power on checks When you turn on the printer if it does not make any sound or if the control panel display is blank check the following items 1 Verify that the printer is plugged directly into an active electrical outlet that has the correct voltage and not plugged into a surge protector or power strip 2 Verify that the on off switch is in the on position 172 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Make sure that the fan is running which indicates that the system is operational Verify that the firmware DIMM and the formatter are seated and operating correctly Remove any HP Jetdirect or other devices then try to turn the printer on again Make sure that the control panel di
123. atthe connectors to the duplex driver PCA are seated correctly 3 Replace the duplex drive PCA Calibrating The printer is calibrating No action necessary Canceling JOB NAME gt Checking paper path For the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printers only The printer is in the process of canceling a job The message appears while the job is stopped the paper path is flushed and any remaining incoming data on the active data channel is received and discarded The engine is turning the rollers to check for possible jams No action necessary No action necessary Checking printer The engine is performing an internal test No action necessary CHOSEN PERSONALITY NOT AVAILABLE alternates with To continue press v The printer encountered a request for a personality that did not exist in the printer The job is cancelled and no pages are printed 1 Press v to continue 2 Try a different driver 2325 EA NOTE Forthe HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printers you must use HP JetReady 4 2 the driver that was specifically designed for these printers CLEANING DISK X COMPLETE alternates with DO NOT POWER OFF For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The memory disk is being cleaned This process might take up to an hour During this time no jobs can be printed Do not turn off the printer Wait for the process to complete The printer auto
124. bly HP CLJ 3000 Control panel assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Driver PCA Cartridge sensor PCA Duplexing PCA assembly duplex models Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3000n Series only 128 MB Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3000n Series only 128 MB Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3000dn and 3000dtn Series only 256 MB Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3000dn and 3000dtn Series only 256 MB Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3800 and 3800n Series only 128 MB Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3800 and 3800n Series only 128 MB Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3800dn and 3800dtn Series only 256 MB Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3800dn and 3800dtn Series only 256 MB controller formatter HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series only Firmware Compact Flash HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series only Firmware Compact Flash HP Color LaserJet 3600 3800 Series only DIMM 64 MB DDR SDRAM HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series only components 5 of 5 on page 274 Part number RM1 2600 000CN RM1 2580 000CN RM1 2578 000CN RK2 0956 000CN RK2 0957 000CN RK2 0996 000CN RK2 0989 000CN RM1 2581 000CN RM1 2585 000CN RM1 2584 000CN Q5982 67907 Q5982 69001 Q5982 67908 Q5982 69002 Q5982 67907 Q5982 69001 Q5982 67908 Q5982 69002 Q5987 67901 Q7725 67903 Q7725 67902 Q7800 67951 NOTE This illustration does not show the relay PCA See callout 9 in Figure 7 9 Inte
125. chapter is for the duplex model printer The ETB for the simplex model looks different 70 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Required tools e 2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm 6 inch shaft length e Small flatolade screwdriver e Needle nose pliers e ESD mat if one is available e Penlight optional A CAUTION Always use a Phillips screwdriver callout 1 Do not use a pozidrive screwdriver callout 2 or any motorized screwdriver These can damage screws or screw threads CAUTION Do not pull directly on the wires to disconnect them A ways pull on the plastic body of a connector to avoid damaging the connector wires 1 2 Figure 5 1 Phillips and pozidrive screwdriver comparison ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 71 Types of screws Illustration Description Size Part Number Use Screw with washer M3X8 XA9 1420 000CN Used to secure metal components to metal components for example a ground wire to the frame Screw RS M3X6 XA9 1499 000CN Used to secure metal to metal M3X10 Screw tapping truss M4X10 XB4 7401 000CN Used to secure anything K D head to plastic 72 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Service approach Printer repair normally begins by using the printer internal diagnostics and the following two step process 1 Isolate the problem to the major system for example the network or server or the printer 2 Troubleshoot the problem by us
126. city 3 jams 198 locating 7 media sizes supported 16 media types supported 16 pickup mechanism 55 sensors 54 solenoids 50 checklists after service 73 pre troubleshooting 170 preservice 73 chosen personality not available 184 circuit diagrams 248 classes HP Technical Training 253 cleaning stage image formation operations 66 cleaning the printer 37 clearing event log 223 clock errors 174 code CRC errors 185 cold reset 235 color RFU failed 185 color usage log 39 color troubleshooting dark 212 light 211 misregistration 217 missing 216 restricted message 191 reversed 218 solid pages 213 communications troubleshooting 222 component test 230 configuration page 39 connector diagrams 500 sheet tray 239 DC controller 245 printer 238 consumables See supplies contracts maintenance 337 control panel access denied 184 blank troubleshooting 172 buttons 9 Diagnostics menu 224 display 10 lights 10 locating 7 menu map 39 messages 174 print cartridge supply level checking 34 removing 143 Service menu 223 counterfeit supplies 33 Index 345 covers 500 sheet feeder removing 156 cleaning 37 front removing 75 left removing 84 rear lower removing 83 rear upper removing 91 right removing 87 upper removing 80 Customer Care Online 253 D dark color troubleshooting 212 dark images troubleshooting 212 date converting Service ID 237 DC controller connectors 245 engine control system 48 errors 181 jam d
127. d B d d B d d e d E S e c e 2 5 5 o o 14 l n E ej 24 D amp o D E He q KT e o i 3 5 LL Service ID 247 ENWW Circuit diagrams The following diagrams show the printer circuits 248 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW r 85B v 156 288
128. d of Problem defect mm Dirt on Blank Dirt on Poor front spots back fuser Primary charging roller About 27 X X Developing cylinder About 27 X X Registration roller inside About 35 X Registration roller outside About 36 X Transfer roller About 44 X X Fuser sleeve About 75 X X X Photosensitive drum About 76 X X Fuser pressure roller About 79 X X X Repetitive print defects are usually caused by a specific roller cylinder or drum in the printer or the print cartridge Use the following figure to isolate the cause of repetitive print defects Align the first occurrence of the defect with the top of the ruler at the top or bottom of the misprinted page and measure to the next occurrence of the defect to determine which roller cylinder or drum is causing the defect When the defect pattern matches the pattern of the ruler replace the indicated part 220 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW First occurrence Omm Primary charging roller 27mm Developing cylinder 27mm Registration roller inside 35mm Registration roller outside 36mm Transfer roller inside 44mm Fuser sleeve 75mm Photo sensitive drum 76mm Fuser pressure roller 79mm Figure 6 2 Repetitive defect ruler NN b Pd ET NOTE Transfer unit defects usually appear on every other page because the transfer belt is longer than a page However the defect distance might vary depending on the type of m
129. dimensions for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 3800 Series printers Product Height Depth Width Weight 20 3 kg Base model 400 mm 15 7 in 450 mm 17 7 in 400 mm 15 7 in 44 8 Ibs 21 5 kg Base model plus duplexer 423 mm 16 7 in 450 mm 17 7 in 400 mm 15 7 in 47 4 Ibs Base model plus optional tray 3 540 mm 21 3 in 450 mm 17 7 in 400 mm 15 7 in 25 4 kg 56 Ibs Base model plus duplexer and optional tray 3 563 mm 22 2 in 450 mm 17 7 in 400 mm 15 7 in 26 6 kg 58 6 Ibs Se SS SSS Sse Printer weight does not include print cartridges 4 Site requirements 21 Connecting to a network or a computer To connect to a network 22 jn 2 E Connect the network cable to the printer Find the IP address On the control panel press Menu Select INFORMATION and then select PRINT CONFIGURATION The IP address is on the embedded Jetdirect page under TCP IP ET NOTE You might need to assign an IP address depending on the type of network that is installed Configure an IP address if necessary On the control panel press Menu Select CONFIGURE DEVICE select I O and then select EMBEDDED JETDIRECT Select TCP IP select CONFIG METHOD select MANUAL and then select MANUAL SETTINGS Use the control panel buttons to specify the IP address Prepare for software installation Quit all of the programs including terminate and stay resident TSR antivirus and firew
130. disse deerit tek kl e e ER Ada ve au dd a nud dda 33 Print cartridge storage eene nnnm en nnne nennen 33 Print cartridge life expectancy iiic iiie bee E b Rao LAT a deba ERR EAD in Re PARKS 33 Checking the supply level ssssssssessseeeeneeeeeennen nennen enne enne 34 Using the Control panel 2 initiiert ctii titan didnt 34 Using the embedded Web server ssssssssseee eene 34 Using HP Web Jetadmin deter eet net eR uet edet TEREA 34 Replacing print cartridges eecleiiieeeeeeeseeiiesesee esent ntes eni ita nna 34 To replace the print cartridge sssssssseeees 35 Cleaning the pintoi e NE AANE AAE AAEE AAEE AA N 37 Cleaning spilled LONG erniet een apr xen op Diui Rn eta remit ds 37 VACUUM specifications ene coa i ba Re e RR dua uada 37 Calibrating the printer nenne ennemi enne nnne nen nnne enne 38 Tools for trOUDIESNOOUN o mm 39 Using printer information pages ssssee enne emen ennemis 39 Configuring e miall alerts 2 2 rire kbet Sei e Ret aec REDE D D NR 2 A PUEDE Ra LEER dace aad 40 Using the embedded Web server ssssssssssssseeeene eene nennen rennen nnns 40 To open the embedded Web server by using a network connection 41 Embedded Web server sections sssssssssee emm 41 Using the HP Easy Printer Care Software sssssssssssseeeee eene 43 Supported operating syst
131. e 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturers Name Hewlett Packard Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Name HP Color LaserJet 3000 series Regulatory Model BOISB 0504 01 Including Q5985A Optional 500 Sheet Input Tray Product Options ALL Print Cartridges Q7560A Q7561A Q7562A Q7563A conforms to the following Product Specifications SAFETY IEC 60950 1 2001 EN60950 1 2001 A11 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 A2 EN 60825 1 1994 A1 A2 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 2001 EMC CISPR22 1993 A1 A2 EN55022 1994 A1 A2 Class B EN 61000 3 2 2000 EN 61000 3 3 1995 A1 EN 55024 1998 A1 A2 FCC Title 47 CFR Part 15 Class B2 ICES 003 Issue 4 GB9254 1998 GB17625 1 2003 Supplementary Information The product herewith complies with the requirements of the EMC Directive 89 336 EEC and the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC and carries the CE Marking accordingly 1 The product was tested in a typical configuration with Hewlett Packard Personal Computer Systems 2 This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two Conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 For regulatory purposes these products are assigned a Regulatory model number This number should not be confused with t
132. e chassis 82 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Rear lower cover 1 Carefully flex the hinge bracket until you can dislodge the hinge pin Move the rear lower cover away from the bracket to remove it Figure 5 1 6 Remove the rear lower cover 1 of 2 ET NOTE Step2 is only necessary if you are removing the rear upper cover or installing a replacement hinge bracket Remove one screw callout 1 and then remove the hinge bracket callout 2 Figure 5 17 Remove the rear lower cover 2 of 2 ENWW External doors covers and panels 83 Left cover 1 Remove the following components Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 2 Remove two screws callout 1 FIMILI FINITI Figure 5 18 Remove the left cover 1 of 5 3 Open the front cover Use a flatblade screwdriver to release the three locking tabs callout 2 at the front of the left cover Figure 5 19 Remove the left cover 2 of 5 84 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Release the locking tab callout 3 at the upper front of the left cover Figure 5 20 Remove the left cover 3 of 5 6 Release the two locking tabs at the rear of the left cover Figure 5 21 Remove the left cover 4 of 5 ENWW External doors covers and panels 85 7 Rotate the back of the cover away from the printer and then slide the cover to the rear to disengage the two front l
133. e high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Dirt on back of paper If the defect is repetitive dirt go to step A if not go to step B ENWW Image defects 213 214 Chapter 6 Table 6 11 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper Cause Solution A Repetitive dirt dirty registration roller pressure roller feed roller fuser delivery roller or face down delivery sub roller B Dirty cassette pickup roller feed guide fuser inlet guide or fuser delivery guide See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to identify the roller with which the problem is associated Clean the dirty roller Replace the roller if the dirt does not come off Clean any dirt from the rollers Replace the roller if the dirt does not come off Dirt on front of paper If the defect appears in a particular color go to step A If it does not appear in a particular color and it is repetitive go to step B If it is not repetitive go to step C Table 6 12 Causes for dirt on the front of the paper Cause Solution A Defective cartridge deteriorated toner or scratches on the developing cylinder photosensitive drum or primary charging roller Replace the cartridge of the color that matches the defect B Repetitive dirt dirty registration sub roller fuser sleeve feed sub roller or face down delivery roller
134. e out of the printer 1 Remove the following components e Fuser See Fuser on page 95 e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Left cover See Left cover on page 84 2 Release the guide locking tab callout 1 and disconnect one connector callout 2 Figure 5 95 Remove the control panel 1 of 2 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 143 3 Remove two screws callout 3 to release the control panel P Qc mmn dil ipn ee Je JT en lt banin Figure 5 96 Remove the control panel 2 of 2 144 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Pickup and feed driver PCA A CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Open the front cover 2 Release the locking tab callout 1 on the pickup and feed driver PCA cover callout 2 and then remove the cover CAUTION Do notdamage or bend the print cartridge high voltage springs callout 3 when you remove the cover Figure 5 97 Remove the pickup and feed driver PCA 1 of 3 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 145 3 Disconnect one FFC callout 4 J014
135. e printer warranty When you use a non HP print cartridge certain features such as remaining toner volume data might not be available Using genuine HP supplies ensures the availability of all HP printing features Print cartridge authentication A message appears on the printer control panel display if you insert a print cartridge that is not a genuine HP print cartridge If you believe that you purchased a genuine HP supply go to www hp com go anticounterfeit Print cartridge storage Do not remove the print cartridge from its package until you are ready to use it Always store the print cartridge in the correct environment The storage temperature should be between 20 C and 40 C 4 F to 104 F The relative humidity should be between 10 and 90 CAUTION To prevent damage to the print cartridge do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes Print cartridge life expectancy The life of the print cartridge depends on the amount of toner that print jobs require and the length of life for the components inside the cartridge The page yield specification that HP provides is a general guideline Actual yield can vary according to usage conditions At any time you can verify life expectancy by checking the supply level Managing the print cartridge 33 Checking the supply level You can check the toner supply level by using the control panel the embedded Web server or HP Web Jetadmin Using the control
136. e sensor c RON Media sensor assembly 500 sheet feeder 58 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW The following jams can occur during operation Pick up delay jam The printer makes three attempts to pick up media from a tray When the top of page sensor SR7 10 does not detect the leading edge of a page within a specific time after the third attempt the printing operation stops The time varies depending on the printer model and the media source as follows HP CLJ 3000 1 3 seconds from the cassette 2 2 seconds from the multipurpose tray tray 1 2 3 seconds from the paper feeder HP CLJ 3600 for black printing 1 0 1 5 or 1 6 seconds for color printing 1 7 2 7 or 2 9 seconds HP CLJ 3800 1 3 seconds from the cassette 2 2 seconds from the multipurpose tray tray 1 2 3 seconds from the paper feeder Pick up stationary jam The printing operation stops when the top of page sensor SR710 does not detect the trailing edge of a page within a specific time after it has detected the leading edge HP CLJ 3000 approximately 3 2 seconds HP CLJ 3600 for black printing in Normal mode 2 3 seconds for color printing in Normal mode 4 6 seconds HP CLJ 3800 approximately 4 0 seconds Delivery delay jam The printing operation stops when the fuser paper sensor SR6005 does not detect the leading edge of a page within a specific time after it has detected the leading edge HP CLJ 3000 approximately 3 0 seconds in Norm
137. e test page to make sure that the printer is functioning Use a small pointed object to depress the test page switch on the back of the printer Figure 6 4 Engine test page Formatter test Print a configuration page to make sure that the formatter is functioning 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 Press to highlight PRINT CONFIGURATION and then press v Half self test Perform a half self test to determine which stage of the print process is malfunctioning 1 Press Menu Press to highlight INFORMATION and then press v Press to highlight PRINT DEMO and then press v to print a demo page Open the front cover when the leading edge of the paper exits the printer Remove the print cartridges o m RF w N Open the print cartridge drum shield to view the drum surface If a dark and distinct toner image is present on the drum surface then the two functions of the electrophotographic process are Test pages 233 functioning image formation and development Any failure is occurring in the transfer or fusing stage Drum rotation test The photosensitive drum located in the print cartridge must rotate in order for the print process to work The photosensitive drum receives its drive from the main motor through a system of gears on the right side of the printer ET NOTE This test is especially important if refilled print cartridges have been used 1 Open
138. e the fuser Measure the resistance between the fuser connectors J5013LA 2 MAINTH and J5013LA 1 GND If itis not within the range of 330k to 50k ohms at ambient temperature replace the fuser 5 Measure the resistance between the fuser connectors J5013L 2 FSRH and J5013L 1 FSRN If it is not within the range of 12 to 52 ohms at ambient temperature replace the fuser 6 Replace the DC controller PCB Install the missing cartridges Press v and then press for help See Supply replacement guidelines on page 31 for more information 186 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action INSUFFICIENT MEMORY TO LOAD FONTS DATA For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only This message alternates with the name of the storage device The storage device does not have enough memory to load the fonts or other data Press v to continue printing without using the data To solve the problem increase the amount of memory for the device Press tor more information LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE alternates with For help press Tray Xis either empty or configured for a type and size other than that specified in the job No other tray is available Press for help LOAD TRAY X TYPE SIZE alternates with To use another tray press v Loading program X alternates with DO NOT POWER OFF Tray Xis either empty
139. e type or size TRAY X EMPTY TYPE SIZE alternates with Ready Tray 3 is empty but the current print job does not require this tray Fill the tray The message indicates the type and size of media for which the tray is currently configured TRAY X OPEN For help press alternates with Ready The tray is open but printing can continue NOTE If tray 2 is open printing cannot continue E Close the tray TRAY X OPEN OR EMPTY The tray is open or empty but the current print job does not require this tray Close or fill the tray 192 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action alternates with Ready TYPE MISMATCH IN TRAY X The tray is loaded with a media type thatis On the PAPER HANDLING menu configure different from the type for which the tray is the tray for the correct type alternates with configured Printing can continue from other trays Ready Unauthorized supply in use The printer has detected that a non HP If you believe you purchased an HP supply supply is currently installed and v was go to www hp com go anticounterfeit alternates with pressed to override Service or repairs that are required as a result Ready of using non HP supplies are not covered under HP warranty USB ACCESSORY ERROR For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 1 Turn the printer off Series printers only 2 Remove the USB storage
140. ear READY DIAGNOSTICS MODE TO EXIT PRESS STOP KEY When the printer is in the special diagnostics mode these four tests appear in the menu and are available to be run To gain access into other diagnostic tests or to leave the special state press Stop and then select Exit The printer resets itself and then returns to the normal state ET NOTE You need to have a good understanding of how the printer operates in order to use the engine diagnostics successfully Before proceeding with these diagnostic tests make sure that you understand the information in chapter 4 of this manual Diagnostic tests Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues For component or noise isolation you can run the diagnostic test after removing the covers Removing the covers provides a better view of the areas that are being tested To operate the printer with the covers removed the door switch lever SW1 callout 1 must be depressed this is the door closed position WARNING Be careful when performing printer diagnostics to avoid the risk of injury Only trained service personnel should open and run the diagnostics with the covers removed Never touch any of the power supplies when the printer is turned on 226 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW ae gt Figure 6 3 Door switch and fuser interlock ET NOTE Anytime that a cartridge is installed or removed while the covers are removed the door interlock
141. ect the connector between the DC controller and the formatter Replace the DC controller 57 XX PRINTER ERROR alternates with To continue turn off then on A printer fan error has occurred XX Description 04 Main fan 06 Duplex fan 57 04 Error 1 2 3 Check that connector J1008 on the DC controller is seated correctly Replace the fan Replace the DC controller 57 06 Error 1 Check that connectors J802 J823 and J850 on the duplex driver PCA are seated correctly Replace the fan Replace the duplex driver PCA 59 30 ERROR 59 40 ERROR An error occurred with the fuser motor during startup or rotation Check that connectors J5008 on the fuser motor and J213 on the driver PCA are seated correctly Replace the fuser Replace the DC controller 59 50 ERROR 59 60 ERROR An error occurred with the black print cartridge drive motor during startup or rotation Check that connectors J5006 on the black print cartridge drive motor and J203 on the DC controller are seated correctly Replace the black print cartridge drive motor Replace the DC controller 59 51 ERROR 59 61 ERROR An error occurred with the cyan print cartridge drive motor during startup or rotation Check that connectors J5004 on the cyan print cartridge drive motor and J207 on the DC controller are seated correctly Replace the cyan print cartridge drive motor Replace the DC contr
142. ed e mails regarding printer configuration and supplies to specific e mail addresses Security Use to set a password that must be typed to gain access to the Settings and Networking tabs Enable and disable certain features of the embedded Web server Edit Other Links Use to add or customize a link to another Web site This link is displayed in the Other Links area on all embedded Web server pages Device Information Use to name the printer and assign an asset number to it Type the name and e mail address for the primary contact who will receive information about the printer Language Use to specify the language in which to display the embedded Web server information Date amp Time Synchronizes with a network time server Wake Time Use to set or edit a wake time for the printer Restrict Color Use to set color print job user restrictions NOTE The Settings tab can be password protected If this printer is on a network always consult with the printer administrator before changing settings on this tab Networking tab Network administrators can use this tab to control network related settings for the printer when it is connected to an IP based network This tab does not appear if the printer is Provides the ability to change directly connected to a computer or if the printer is connected to a network using anything network settings from your other than an HP Jetdirect print server computer 42 Chapter 3 Mainte
143. edia causes it to separate from the ETB The static charge eliminator is not involved during this step Fusing stage Until the fusing stage is complete the image is not permanently affixed to the print media The toner can be easily smudged until the heat and pressure of the fusing process fix the image to the sheet Step 9 fusing The printer uses a ceramic heater to accomplish the color on demand fusing process The heater has a low heat capacity which results in a short warm up period and yields energy savings bs Fuser pressure roller Fuser heater ceramic Media Fuser sleeve Toner Figure 4 16 Fusing Cleaning stage Not all of the toner is removed from the photosensitive drum during the transfer stage During the cleaning stage the residual or waste toner is cleared from the drum surface to prepare the surface for the next latent image formation 66 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Step 10 drum cleaning The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off the surface of the photosensitive drum and deposits itin the waste toner container The drum is now clear and is ready for the next image formation process Print cartridge This printer has four print cartridges magenta M cyan C yellow Y and black Bk Each cartridge holds non magnetic single component toner that is composed of resins in the four colors In addition to the toner each cartridge contains a developing cylinder toner feed roller and
144. edia that is being used It is possible to see a repetitive defect more than once on the same page Repetitive defects troubleshooting 221 Interface troubleshooting Communication checks ET NOTE Communication problems are normally the customer s responsibility Time spent attempting to resolve these problems might not be covered by the Hewlett Packard warranty Refer the customer to the network administrator for assistance in troubleshooting network problems If the printer is not connected to an MS DOS based host use the following table to check the connection Table 6 27 Communication check Check Action Does the computer configuration Verify that the configuration of the computer s communications port matches match the parameters described these parameters View the Jetdirect configuration page for print server in the configuration instructions status and to verify configuration parameters for operation on your network EZ NOTE If these parameters are not set correctly an error message ts might appear on the control panel EIO troubleshooting If the printer contains an optional HP Jetdirect print server and you cannot communicate with the printer over the network verify the operation of the print server Print a configuration page If the Jetdirect card does not appear under Installed personalities and options on the configuration page see the troubleshooting section of the HP Jetdirect Print Serve
145. eeeeeceneecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetee sec secaaaaaaesaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 163 Media sensor 500 sheet feeder eene nennen 165 Troubleshooting DFOCOSS 1 acce ato ee mest art e EEEN De pue Re aa TR RN RT Qe NAR TE een quil 170 Pre troubleshooting checklist sssssse eene 170 Troubleshooting flowclialt 2 1i ere ettet ot erede s e eed p ER ESRB ds 172 Power on CNECKS 0 0 cc ccc cece cece eee ee ete e eee ee eee aaaaaeaaecaeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceececsaaceecasacaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 172 Control panel messages 3 dit eac ise dec E EEEE EA EEEE 174 NEAL 195 Jani rOCOVGOrya oco riae eoa ie detur ba alae dria Saad ro rtu aA deb dtr Ra lage RD 195 Avoiding Jam ceat ieee hated Ea FE def a died cuu Must PR uade ndis 196 Clearing Jalms cec trottoir een tr T EXE UE Du KE DORDRUE quien Trama qeu 197 Image formation troubleshooting issiran an ANANA 207 Print quality problems associated with media sssssssss 207 Defects on overhead transparencies ssssssssssssssse eene 208 Print quality problems that are related to the environment sssssssssssss 208 Print quality problems that are related to jams sssss en 209 Print quality problems from toner buildup sssssssseeeem 209 Print quality troubleshooting pages sssssesennme eene nnns 209 Image defeti c 210
146. egulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise ID 83707 0015 USA Phone 208 396 6000 342 Appendix C Regulatory statements ENWW Safety statements ENWW Laser safety The Center for Devices and Radiological Health CDRH of the U S Food and Drug Administration has implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1 1976 Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States The printer is certified as a Class 1 laser product under the U S Department of Health and Human Services DHHS Radiation Performance Standard according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968 Since radiation emitted inside the printer is completely confined within protective housings and external covers the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation WARNING Using controls making adjustments or performing procedures other than those specified in this user guide may result in exposure to hazardous radiation Canadian DOC regulations Complies with Canadian EMC Class B requirements Conforme la classe B des normes canadiennes de compatibilit lectromagntiques CEM EMI statement Korea VCCI statement Japan COREL T SIEEEIESREEEEBEEEOVCCI OZR4 CHOC DFABRRHRECT CORB RERRCHAT SCE EEMWELTWETA TOREDSI STET LEY AL REICHEL T MASNSL BESS SROTCEMHVET WRAS II GE gt CIEL UY RUE LTR SL Power cord statement Japan Nmd ASN BRAKES
147. elf by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer Remove the following components Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Right cover See Right cover on page 87 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 Remove four screws callout 1 and remove the sheet metal shield callout 2 Figure 5 107 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 1 of 4 Sensors 153 3 Disconnect all of the wire harness connectors and flat flexible cables FFCs on the DC controller PCA eight wire harness connectors and eight FFCs VAN CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation B NOTE Remove the wire harnesses from all of the retainers near the DC controller EEE Figure 5 108 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 2 of 4 4 Remove 10 screws callout 3 Push up on the sheet metal shield to release it from the printer chassis and remove it Figure 5 109 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 3 of 4 154 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Disconnect four connectors callout 4 and remove three screws callout 5 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA from the printer Figure 5 110 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 4 of 4 ENWW Sensors 155 500 sheet feeder
148. els and covers 261 Figure 7 3 Front cover assembly simplex model 262 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 5 Front cover assembly simplex model Description Part number Front cover assembly simplex models RM1 2673 000CN ENWW External panels and covers 263 Figure 7 4 Front cover assembly duplex model 264 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 6 Front cover assembly duplex model Description Part number Front cover assembly duplex models RM1 2715 000CN Fan duplex models RK2 0954 000CN ENWW External panels and covers 265 Internal components DUPLEX MODEL Figure 7 5 Internal components 1 of 5 ENWW Parts and diagrams 266 Chapter 7 ENWW Table 7 7 Internal components 1 of 5 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 21 23 24 25 26 26A 29 30 81 33 34 39 40 43 Description Holder fan Duct fan Lever lock left Spring tension Lever lock slide left Lever lock slide right Cam slide right Lever lock left upper Cover slide plate right Spring grounding Fan Lever lock right Spring grounding Spring tension Guide cartridge left Gear 58T Bushing Gear 29T Cartridge guide right assembly Contact holder assembly Media sensor cassette assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable media sensor cassette assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Guide duplexing external duplex models Cover g
149. embly simplex model ssssssseeeee nennen 262 Front cover assembly duplex model sse eene nennen nennen 264 Internal components 1 of 5 em tret pepe te ib feci e 266 Internal components 2 of 5 aires el ei eked Wa eae He rete ee eed ees eed 268 Internal components S Of 5 dares ride Aiea Ania Ania niin nine 270 Internal components 4 of 5 2 ee aee eR e ed ed eere 272 Internal components 5 OF 5 2 ante ntt e ia Dei Dee n e e 274 Paper pickup drive assembly ssssssssssssessssesseeeeeeeenee erre rene nennt nnn nennen nne nnns 276 Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models sse 278 Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models sn 280 Developing separation drive assembly ssssssssssseeenee enne nennen 282 Fuser drive assembly er roe Re HE e Eb ORE E RR EHE 284 Cassette tray 2 eue etr ee iie ee eii De ped e esie ed t E vip e d ep Lin tu 286 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 ssssssseeeeeeeeen nemen 288 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 ssssssseeeeeeenm eene mener enne 290 Electronic transfer belt simplex models senem 292 Electronic transfer belt duplex models esssee nennen 294 Multipurpose tray assembly tray Theoret eene nnns 296 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models
150. ems ssssssssssssssse eene 43 To use the HP Easy Printer Care Software ssssssse 43 HP Easy Printer Care Software sections ssssseeeee 44 Using the HP Printer Utility for Macintosh sessnm n 45 To open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10 2 ssemm 45 To open the HP Printer Utility in Mac OS X V10 3 ssss 45 HP Printer Utility feat res eedem dee te uua d do teda da nee dia 45 4 Theory of operation slsTe ors Neroroiito Ei Arr Ec 48 Power on SEQUENCE 49 Motors fans and solenoids sseesssssessssseseeennene nnne nnne enne rni 50 IK TX ETE TIS ES EIC LEER 52 Pickup and feed system rte Rape nne e E Rue e RR aue ene eeu 53 Sensors in the pickup and feed system trays cassettes sssssesees 54 Cassette pickup mechanism ssssssssssssssssssssessesseee ener rmn nmr ernst nennen 55 Multipurpose tray pickup mechanism sssssseseeeeeerrn e nennen 56 Feed speed control et rto REA A UE REM REX R RR iaaa iaa Ine RARE NERA REQUE S iai 56 Sensor jam detectlon uei deed A cea d E ERE eas eene pa eee sada cie 58 iv ENWW Image tormation Systelm i d i odas AA ARANEAE Ld Eae dE IR RR ER nesses 61 ImMage fonmatlOn PrOCESS cm 62 Latent image formation stage 2 cuits taint aula nete a
151. ene Fo aa eaa edad EE 96 Remove the duplex fan 2 Of 3 citi ite t Gebet pe ador Dr e EEEE M Sas 97 R move tlie duplex fan S of 3 i5 tette nete pee eat Feri oer dae aed 98 Remove the print cartridge motor ssssssssssssseeeeee nennen nennen 99 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 1 of 5 100 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 2 Of 5 ssssssssssseee enne 101 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 3 of 5 101 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 4 of 5 102 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 5 Of 5 ssssssssssseeeenne 102 Remove the duplex feed drive assembly 1 of 2 enn 103 Remove the duplex feed drive assembly 2 of 2 sse een 104 Remove the fuser drive assembly 1 of 4 sssssssssssssssee enne 105 Remove the fuser drive assembly 2 of 4 ssssssssssssssse eene eene 106 Remove the fuser drive assembly 3 of 4 enm enne 106 Remove the fuser drive assembly 4 of 4 ssssssssssssseeeee nennen 107 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 1 of 4 108 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 2 of 4 109 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 3 of 4 109 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 4 of 4 110 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 1 of 8 111 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 2 of 8 nenne 112 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 3 of 8 ene
152. er status e Checking the supplies status e Setting up alerts e Viewing printer documentation e Gaining access to troubleshooting and maintenance tools You can view the HP Easy Printer Care Software when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when it is connected to a network Perform a complete software installation in order to use the HP Easy Printer Care Software Embedded Web server ET NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer embedded Web server provides network configuration and status information only The printers are equipped with an embedded Web server which provides access to information about printer and network activities This information appears in a Web browser such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator The embedded Web server resides on the printer It is not loaded on a network server See Using the embedded Web server on page 34 for more information Other components and utilities Several software programs are available for Windows and Macintosh users Windows Macintosh OS e Software installer automates the printing system e PostScript Printer Description files PPDs for use with installation the Apple PostScript drivers that come with the Mac OS e Online Web registration e Usethe HP Printer Utility to change printer settings view the current status and receive printer event updates from a Macintosh computers This utility is supported for Mac OS X V10 2
153. eren nnne nennen 333 Appendix B Product warranty statements Hewlett Packard Limited Warranty Statement ssssssssssseeee eene 336 Availability of support and Service crt ttt nece e add e d a aa Aeg Ras 337 FIP maintenance agreements eesis rapaces anis adea B Redes d addo e E REOR E ease Mod os 337 Next Day Onsite Service 25 1 ebrei AE denn u cue bezug uae E ANNEER RRAN ga ER dees 337 viii ENWW Appendix C Regulatory statements ENWW PCC Ne QulatiOns e 340 Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer esses 341 Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series and HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series eg O 342 SIM EC 343 ECOUTER 343 Canadian DOC regulations ssssessssseee eene nennen 343 EMI statement Korea iet acr ther th koci e keen v RR E REY V RR 343 VCCI statement Japan ssssssssssseeeneenee nennen nennen nnne rrr en nnne nn en nennen 343 Power cord statement Japan eese sees nnne enean inte nne annt nena antenna d nnns 343 Laser statement for Finland ctr need aa d a dide 344 M 345 ENWW List of tables Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7
154. erfeit 33 documentation 2 printer features 5 software downloading 12 supply replacement guidelines 31 white lines troubleshooting horizontal 215 vertical 214 Windows direct connection setting up 22 versions supported 12 352 Index ENWW 2005 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P www hp com Q5982 90932
155. essages The Ready Data and Attention lights provide at a glance information about the printer state ENWW Control panel overview 9 You can perform most routine printing tasks from the computer through the printer driver or any software program Use the control panel to access printer features that the printer driver or software program do not support Any changes that you make from the computer override the printer control panel settings For information about using the printer driver see Printer software on page 12 Control panel indicator lights Indicator On Off Flashing Ready The printer is online can The printer is offline paused The printer is attempting to accept and process data or is turned off stop printing and go offline green This usually results from a user s request to pause the current job Data The processed datais present The printer is not processing The printer is processing and in the printer but more data is or receiving data receiving data green needed to complete the job or the job is paused or waiting for errors to be cleared Attention A critical error has occurred No conditions exist that An error has occurred The The printer requires attention require attention printer requires attention amber Display The printer display gives you complete timely information about the printer and print jobs Graphics illustrate levels of supplies Menus provide access to printer functio
156. essages 183 Control panel message Description Recommended action 8X YYYY EMBEDDED JETDIRECT ERROR The HP Jetdirect embedded print serverhas Turn the printer off and then on encountered a critical error Date Time To change press v To skip press STOP The printer has an internal clock that tracks the date and time You are prompted to set the correct date and time the first time you turn on the printer Press v to change the date and time Press Stop to skip this step You can set the date and time later by using the SYSTEM SETUP menu Access Denied MENUS LOCKED Because the printer administrator has enabled the control panel security mechanism you cannot modify control panel settings The message disappears after a few seconds and the printer returns to READY or BUSY state Contact the printer administrator to change settings Perform a cold reset to clear passwords ACTION NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR TRAY X alternates with Tray size cannot be ANY SIZE ANY CUSTOM You are trying to set duplex registration for a tray that is configured for ANY SIZE or ANY CUSTOM Duplex registration is not available when the tray size is set to either of these settings Change the size setting for the tray BAD DUPLEXER CONNECTION alternates with To continue turn off then on The duplexer is not installed correctly 1 Check that connector J850 is seated correctly 2 Checkth
157. etection operations 54 laser scanner system operations 52 pickup and feed system operations 53 DC controller PCA removing 135 Declaration of Conformity 341 342 default settings restoring cold reset 235 NVRAM initialization 235 demo page 39 developing separation drive assembly removing 108 developing stage 64 diagnostics components 230 disable cartridge check 228 drum rotation 234 engine test page 233 event log 227 formatter 233 half self 233 LED 225 mode 225 paper path sensor 228 paper path test 228 print quality pages 228 346 Index Print Stop test 232 sensor 229 tests types of 226 Diagnostics menu 224 diagrams 500 sheet feeder connector locations 239 assemblies 240 circuit 248 connector locations 238 DC controller connectors 245 timing 246 DIMMs checking installation 27 enabling 27 failure 187 installing 24 dirt on paper troubleshooting 213 disable cartridge check 228 disk initialization 236 display control panel messages 10 distorted images troubleshooting 217 documentation 2 doors locating 7 dots troubleshooting 213 double sided printing 17 downloading software 12 drive assemblies removing developing separation 108 duplex feed 103 duplex reverse 100 fuser 105 pickup 116 driver PCA removing 141 drivers downloading 12 supported 5 drum image formation operations 63 drum rotation test duplex errors 184 duplex fan removing 96 duplex path jams clearing 205 duplex driver PCA removing 14
158. ette front left Guide cassette front right Cam slide left Rod link left Rod link right Foot rear Holder ETB left Holder ETB right Mount hinge left Cable duplex docking Motor AC 24V 9W Cable sensor Right rear base assembly Cassette sensor PCA Plate gear 3 Foot rubber assembly front Part number RC1 6405 000CN RC1 6499 000CN RC1 6502 000CN RC1 6638 000CN RC1 6639 000CN RC1 6646 000CN RC1 6650 000CN RC1 6673 000CN RC1 6674 000CN RC1 6684 000CN RM1 2609 000CN RK2 0939 000CN RM1 2603 000CN RM1 2678 000CN RM1 2576 000CN RL1 1069 000CN RL1 1067 000CN Internal components 271 J821 J206 J406 S m J5010 J1024 sine J5005 12 1018 ta 38002 m ga oe J3003 J1002 B 19 Figure 7 8 Internal components 4 of 5 272 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 10 Internal components 4 of 5 12 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 21 23 24 24 Description Holder drawer connector Holder drawer Guide cable left Arm switch link Guide flexible flat cable 1 Guide flexible flat cable 2 Guard cable Bracket left rear Sensor temperature Cable environment sensor Cable ETB Cable drum motor Cable solenoid Cable cassette Cable drum motor HP CLJ 3000 Cable drum motor HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable paper full Fuser cable assembly Cable drive power Scanner assemb
159. etting counts 223 restoring Service IDrestor service ID 237 testing 233 formatter cage removing 92 front cover jams clearing 203 locating 7 removing 75 fuser errors 178 install message removing 95 replacing 32 172 237 186 fuser door jams clearing 200 removing 80 fuser drive assembly removing 105 fusing stage 66 fusing poor 216 G Genuine HP supplies installed message 185 guides printer information 2 ENWW H half self test 233 hard disk initialization 236 heavy paper sizes supported 16 high voltage power supply PCA removing 137 horizontal lines troubleshooting 215 HP Customer Care Online 253 HP Easy Printer Care Software 43 HP Easy Printer Care software 14 HP Jetdirect print server errors 184 HP Color LaserJet 3000 features 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 features 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 features 4 NVRAM initialization 235 troubleshooting 222 HP JetReady 12 HP Printer Utility Macintosh 14 45 HP Technical Training 253 HP Web Jetadmin downloading 13 e mail alerts 40 print cartridge level checking 34 HP UX software 13 humidity specifications 333 troubleshooting 208 I O buffer overflow 176 image defects troubleshooting 210 image formation cleaning stage 66 developing stage 64 fusing stage 66 latent image stage 63 process 62 systems 61 transfer stage 64 troubleshooting 207 image quality See print quality troubleshooting image transfer stage 65 incorrect supplies error i
160. formation consult the HP LaserJet Printer Family Print Media Specification Guide e l fprint quality defects occur then make sure that the transparencies are designed for correct toner adhesion Use only transparencies that are designed for HP Color LaserJet printers e Handle transparencies by the edges Oil from fingers can cause spots and smudges on the transparencies e Small random dark areas on the trailing edge of solid fill pages might be caused by transparencies sticking together in the output bin Try printing the job in smaller batches e Ifthe selected colors are not what you want when printed then select different colors in the program or printer driver e Ifyou are using a reflective overhead projector then use a standard overhead projector instead Print quality problems that are related to the environment If the printer is operating in excessively humid or dry conditions verify that the printing environment is within specifications See the getting started guide for this printer for information about operating environment specifications 208 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Print quality problems that are related to jams Make sure that all media is cleared from the paper path e Ifthe printer recently jammed print two to three pages to clean the printer e _ If the media does not pass through the fuser image defects appear on subsequent documents Print two to three pages to clean the printer Print quality pr
161. ft the pickup roller assembly lifter plate e Duplexer pickup motor This test activates and moves the duplexer pickup motor Print Stop test Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image formation defects and jams in the engine During this test you can stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path The test can be programmed to stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position The test can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60 000 mS If the timer is set to a value that is greater than the job print time you can recover the printer the following ways e After the print job is complete press Stop to return to the DIAGNOSTICS menu before the timer times out e After the timer times out press Stop Activate the door switch to restart the engine and return it to a normal state When the timer trips the message Printing stopped Press v to continue appears on the control panel display Press Menu to print the previously selected job If you do not want the previous job to print press Stop and then press Menu ET NOTE Donot attempt to perform a Print Stop test while the printer is calibrating because you will be required to turn the printer off and then on again If a jam message appears on the control panel display during testing activate the door switch 232 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Test pages ENWW Engine test page Print an engin
162. fter performing service sssssssssseneeeeeee nen enne nn nnne nennen en nnne 73 Pritt CAntrid Qe 74 External doors covers and PAnells cccccccccccececceceseesesseeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeecesesseseseeeeesceceseseeeeseeeseesaeaes 75 Front COV GM me RE 75 Upper cover fuser dOOr onec denen hd ea denen Doce Sedo Pneu motu de 80 Isear OWE COVOF osi etes eere tas iiic e ae cote ta Reset odere db ide e tendens 83 Len COVO E 84 ieu 87 iriure 91 internal assembles arice 92 Formatter Cage seciccrii n onni a TTET E EE 92 Electrostatic transfer belt ETB ssssssseenen eene nennen 94 gir M a 95 BIUS IEEE 96 Print cartridge drive motors iacente anhand AENEA 99 Duplex reverse drive assembly ates cessent redet ette eee anc L dena nna EcL uua 100 Duplex feed drive assembly sssssssssesene eene nnne 103 Fuser drive assembly ce rd e gocce oc e Ub hee C era 105 Developing separation drive assembly ssssssssseene eene 108 Pickup and feed assembly eese esensseese eene REEN NANNA EREATARA RRRA 111 Pickup drive assembly sse nennen nennen nnne nnns 116 Laser scanner assemibly 1 2 accade cer E aka eee ek od e v e kk ddr do HERR dee
163. fuser door on page 80 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 e Duplex feed drive assembly duplex model only See Duplex feed drive assembly on page 103 2 Disconnect one connector callout 1 and release two cable clamps callout 2 Figure 5 42 Remove the fuser drive assembly 1 of 4 ENWW Internal assemblies 105 3 Remove four screws callout 3 Figure 5 43 Remove the fuser drive assembly 2 of 4 Disconnect one connector callout 4 J213 on the driver PCA assembly and remove the wire harness from the guide callout 5 Figure 5 44 Remove the fuser drive assembly 3 of 4 si pnt Hint You might have to use needle nose pliers to reattach the cable straps to the two cable clamps 106 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Liftthe fuser drive assembly off of the printer chassis ES Figure 5 45 Remove the fuser drive assembly 4 of 4 ENWW Internal assemblies 107 Developing separation drive assembly 1 Remove the following components e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 e Fuser See Fuser on page 95 2 Use a small flatblade screwdriver to release the wire guide locking tab callout 1 and then move the guide slightly towards the front of the printer Figure 5 46 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 1 of 4 108 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW 3 Remove
164. fuser is installed correctly and fully seated 2 Check that connector J6007 on the fuser is seated correctly Replace the connector as necessary 3 Turn off the printer 4 Remove the fuser 5 Ifthere is no conduction in the subthermistor measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LA 2 and J6007LA 3 If the resistance is not 368 to 522 kohms replace the fuser 6 _ If there is no conduction in the fuser heater measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LAF 1 and J6007 2 If the resistance is not 11 5 to 13 3 kohms 100 to 127 V or 46 2 to 53 2 kohms 220 to 240 V replace the fuser 7 Replace the DC controller PCA 178 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action 50 3 Error 1 Verify the fuser is installed correctly and fully seated 2 Check that connector J6007 on the fuser is seated correctly Replace the connector as necessary 3 Turn off the printer 4 Remove the fuser 5 Measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LA 1 and J6007LA 3 If the resistance is not 368 to 522 kohms replace the fuser 6 Replace the DC controller PCA 50 4 Error 1 Improve the power supply if the power supply frequency is not 40 to 70 Hz 2 Replace the low voltage power supply PCA 3 Replace the DC controller PCA 50 7 Error 1 Verify the fuser is installed correctly and fully seated 2 Check that fuser connector J705 fuse
165. ges that are removed To rotate all motors sequentially remove all of the cartridges to isolate one motor remove only that cartridge If covers are removed you must manually activate the door switch after removing the cartridges in order to perform the test Always start this test with all of the cartridges installed and activate the door switch so that the printer recognizes the configuration Then you can proceed with the test by removing one or more cartridges Black Magenta Yellow Cyan laser scanners Use these tests to rotate each scanner motor individually Fuser motor Use this test to rotate the fuser motor and drive gears Fuser pressure release motor Use this test to rotate the fuser pressure release motor Alienation motor also called the developing disengaging motor This test moves the developing disengaging motor clutches and gears and plates through their positions ETB contact alienation This test activates the ETB motors and solenoid Tray 1 pickup solenoid This test activates and releases the multipurpose tray tray 1 pickup solenoid Tray 2 pickup motor This test activates and moves the tray 2 pickup motor and gear train Tray 2 pickup solenoid This test activates and releases the tray 2 pickup solenoid Diagnostics 231 e Tray 3 pickup motors and solenoids These tests run the same way as the tray 2 pickup motor and solenoid test ET NOTE You must have the tray partially installed or must manually li
166. go recycle 34 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW To replace the print cartridge 1 Open the front cover and ETB unit CAUTION Do not place any item on the transfer unit while it is open If the transfer unit is punctured print quality problems could result 2 Remove the used print cartridge from the printer ENWW Managing the print cartridge 35 3 Remove the new print cartridge from the bag and remove the tape seal Place the used print cartridge in the bag for recycling 4 Alignthe print cartridge with the tracks inside the printer and insert the cartridge until itis completely seated ET NOTE Ifa cartridge is in the wrong slot the message INCORRECT COLOR CARTRIDGE appears on the control panel 5 Close the front cover and then close the top cover After a short while Ready appears on the control panel 6 Installation is complete Place the used print cartridge in the box that the new cartridge came in See the enclosed recycling guide for recycling instructions 7 df you are using a non HP print cartridge check the control panel for further instructions For additional help go to www hp com support clj3000 www hp com support clj3600 or www hp com support clj3800 36 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Cleaning the printer Clean the outer surfaces with an HP Toner Cleaning Cloth or a water dampened cloth A WARNING Before you begin these steps turn the printer off and unplug
167. h 73 tools required 71 upper cover 80 repair approach 73 replace cartridge message 191 replacement intervals supplies 30 replacing field replaceable units 70 formatter 223 fuser 32 print cartridges 34 resets cold 235 NVRAM initialization 235 restoring default settings cold reset 235 NVRAM initialization 235 restricted from printing in color error 191 reversed color troubleshooting 218 RFU loaderror 192 right cover removing 87 rollers 350 Index image formation operations 63 repetitive defects 220 S safety statements 343 sanitizing disk message 192 schedules HP Technical Training 253 screwdrivers required 71 screws self tapping 70 types of 72 sensors automatic testing 229 jam detection 58 paper path testing 228 trays 54 separation stage image formation 65 sequence of operations 48 serial buffer overflow 176 serial data errors 176 serialnumber 223 service agreements 337 service approach 73 service ID 237 Service menu 223 Service menu PIN 223 setup 20 site requirements 21 size mismatch error 192 smeared print troubleshooting 218 snail tracks troubleshooting 218 software applications 14 drivers 12 Easy Printer Care 43 embedded Web server 14 40 HP Easy Printer Care 14 HP Printer Utility for Macintosh 45 HP Web Jetadmin 13 included 6 network 13 Web sites 12 Solaris software 13 solenoids locations 50 space requirements 21 specifications acoustic 332 electrical 330 features 5 media si
168. he current print job clears media from the printer and clears any continuable errors that are associated with the halted job If the printer is not printing a job pressing Stop pauses the printer 2 Menu button Opens and closes menus 3 Ready light Indicates that the printer is online or offline See Control panel indicator lights on page 10 4 Data light Indicates whether or not the printer is receiving data See Control panel indicator lights on page 10 5 Attention light Indicates that a critical error has occurred See Control panel indicator lights on page 10 6 Back arrow button Navigates backward in nested menus 7 Up arrow 4 button Navigates menus and text and increases the values of numerical items in the display 8 Select v button Makes selections resumes printing after continuable errors and overrides a non HP print cartridge 9 Down arrow W button Navigates menus and text and decreases the values of numerical items in the display 10 Help button Provides detailed information about printer messages or menus 11 Supplies gauge Shows the print cartridge consumption levels See Display on page 10 12 Display Shows status information menus help information and error messages See Display on page 10 The printer communicates through the display and the lights on the control panel The display shows status information menus help information and error m
169. he DC controller 10 94 YY REMOVE SHIPPING LOCKS FROM ALL CARTRIDGES 10 XX YY SUPPLY MEMORY ERROR For help press At least one print cartridge has a shipping lock attached The printer cannot read or write to at least one print cartridge memory tag or at least one memory tag is missing XX Description 00 e label memory error YY Description 00 Black 01 Cyan 02 Magenta 03 Yellow 1 Remove all the print cartridges and check for orange shipping locks at each end of each cartridge Remove any that remain 2 Reinstall the print cartridges 1 Open the front door 2 Remove the print cartridges and then reinstall them 3 Close the front door 4 Turn the printer off and then on 5 Clean the memory controller PCB contacts to the memory tag if they are dirty 6 Replace the memory controller PCB if necessary 7 Replace the DC controller PCB if necessary 11 XX INTERNAL CLOCK ERROR The printer s internal clock is not working correctly Printing can continue but you are Turn the printer off and then on If the error persists replace the formatter 174 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action alternates with To continue press v 13 XX YY DUPLEX JAM INSIDE FRONT DOOR alternates with For help press prompted to set the date and time each time you turn the printer on XX Description 01 Dead clock batter
170. he printer or any spilled toner The toner particles used in this product might be too fine for effective vacuuming and could result in damage to conventional vacuums You can use a vacuum specifically designed for cleaning if it can filter fine particles 5 microns in diameter ENWW Cleaning the printer 37 Calibrating the printer Calibration is a printer function that optimizes print quality If you experience any print quality problems calibrate the printer 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight CONFIGURE DEVICE and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT QUALITY and then press v 4 Press to highlight FULL CALIBRATE NOW and then press v 38 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Tools for troubleshooting Using printer information pages ET NOTE Printer information pages for the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer are available in English only Page description How to print the page Menu map Shows the control panel menus and available settings 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 If PRINT MENU MAP is not highlighted press M or W until it is highlighted and then press v The content of the menu map varies depending on the options currently installed in the printer Configuration page Shows printer settings and installed accessories 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight INFORMATION and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT CONF
171. he product name or the product number s Boise Idaho 83713 USA 16 May 2005 For Regulatory Topics Only Australia Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Australia Ltd 31 41 Joseph Street Blackburn Victoria 3130 Australia European Contact Your Local Hewlett Packard Sales and Service Office or Hewlett Packard Gmbh Department HQ TRE Standards Europe Herrenberger Strasse 140 Bblingen D 71034 Germany FAX 49 7031 14 3143 USA Contact Product Regulations Manager Hewlett Packard Company PO Box 15 Mail Stop 160 Boise ID 83707 0015 USA Phone 208 396 6000 ENWW Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer 341 Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series and HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014 Manufacturers Name Hewlett Packard Company Manufacturer s Address 11311 Chinden Boulevard Boise Idaho 83714 1021 USA declares that the product Product Names HP Color LaserJet 3600 series HP Color LaserJet 3800 series Regulatory Model BOISB 0504 00 Including Q5985A Optional 500 Sheet Input Tray Product Options ALL Print Cartridges Q6470A Q6471A Q6472A Q6473A Q7581A Q7582A Q7583A conforms to the following Product Specifications SAFETY IEC 60950 1 2001 EN60950 1 2001 A11 IEC 60825 1 1993 A1 A2 EN 60825 1 1994 A1 A2 Class 1 Laser LED Product GB4943 2001 EMC CISPR2
172. ht and thickness Letter 216 x 279 mm 8 5 x 11 in 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib bond Legal 216 x 356 mm 8 5 x 14 in A4 210 x 297 mm 8 3 x 11 7 in 8 5 x 13 216 x 330 mm 8 5 x 13 in 1 Automatic 2 sided printing on weights lighter or heavier than those shown can produce unexpected results ET NOTE Automatic 2 sided duplex printing is available with the HP Color LaserJet 3000dn 3000dtn 3600dn 3800dn and 3800dtn printers Manual 2 sided printing Most of the supported media sizes and types listed for printing from tray 1 can be manually duplexed Do not use the 2 sided printing feature on transparencies envelopes or labels ENWW Print media specifications 17 18 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW ENWW Installation and configuration e What is in the box e Site requirements e Connecting to a network or a computer e Printer memory 19 What is in the box The following items come in the box with the printer Figure 2 1 What is in the shipping box 1 Getting started guide Warranty booklet User guide on CD Printer Control panel overlays optional D oc F OON Power cord 20 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW Site requirements Select a sturdy well ventilated dust free area that is away from direct sunlight to position the printer Allow enough space around the printer to open the doors and trays ENWW Physical specifications Table 2 1 Physical
173. ield 2 Use only transparencies that are designed for use with HP Color LaserJet printers Table 1 8 Tray 2 and tray 3 media types Type Dimensions Weight or thickness Tray 2 capacity Tray 3 capacity Plain Minimum 148 x 210 mm 5 83 60 to 120 g m 16 to 32 Ib bond 250 sheets 500 sheets _ _ x 8 27 in Glossy paper 106 to 120 g m 28 to 32 Ib 100 sheets 200 sheets Maximum 215 9 x 355 6 mm bond 8 5 x 14 in Transparencies 0 12 to 0 13 mm thick 4 7 to 50 sheets 100 sheets 5 mils thick Labels 75 to 163 g m 20 to 43 Ib bond 50 sheets 100 sheets Ct 1 The printer supports a wide range of standard and custom sizes of print media Capacity can vary depending on media weight and thickness and environmental conditions Smoothness should be 100 to 250 Sheffield Useonly transparencies that are designed for use with HP Color LaserJet printers Supported media sizes Table 1 9 Supported media sizes Input tray Letter Legal A4 A5 8 5x13 Executive B5 JIS Custom Statement Envelope JIS yi Y M wv w Y wv a v 16 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Table 1 9 Supported media sizes continued Input tray Letter Legal A4 A5 8 5x13 Executive B5 JIS Custom Statement Envelope JIS is wv wv wv wv wv wv wv wv Supported envelope sizes are 10 Monarch C5 DL and B5 Table 1 10 Automatic 2 sided printing Media size Dimensions Weig
174. ifications e Is the media correctly placed in the tray e Arethe paper guides aligned with the stack e Is the cassette installed in the printer correctly Print cartridges e Is each print cartridge installed correctly Transfer unit and fuser e Arethe transfer unit and fuser installed correctly Covers e Is the front cover closed 170 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW General topic Questions Condensation e Does condensation occur following a temperature change particularly in winter following cold storage If so wipe affected parts dry or leave the printer on for 10 to 20 minutes e Was a print cartridge opened soon after being moved from a cold to a warm room If so allow the print cartridge to sit at room temperature for 1 to 2 hours Miscellaneous e Check for and remove any non HP components print cartridges memory modules and EIO cards from the printer e Ifthe hardware or software configuration has not changed or the problem is not associated with any specific software contact the Customer Care Center see chapter 1 e Remove the printer from the network and ensure that the failure is associated with the printer before beginning troubleshooting e Forany print quality issues calibrate the printer Troubleshooting process 171 Troubleshooting flowchart This flowchart highlights the general processes that you can follow to isolate and solve printer hardware problems quickly Each r
175. igh voltage power supply 2 of 3 eene 138 Remove the high voltage power supply 3 of 3 eme 138 Remove the memory controller PCA 1 of 2 sss enne 139 Remove the memory controller PCA 2 of 2 eene 140 Remove the driver PCA 1 0f 2 eee Ge n I UR ed et edes 141 Remove tlie driver PCA 2 0f 2 tette tee ere e Rte ERR Ren HR Te ERRAT REPRE RARE 142 Remove the control panel 1 of 2 seen eene nennen enne nennen 143 Remove the control panel 2 of 2 eene eene ener enne nnns 144 Remove the pickup and feed driver PCA 1 of 3 eene 145 Remove the pickup and feed driver PCA 2 of 3 eene 146 Remove the pickup and feed driver PCA 3 of 3 eene 146 Remove the duplex driver PCA 1 of 3 nennen ener 147 Remove the duplex driver PCA 2 of 3 ener eene nnns 148 Remove the duplex driver PCA 3 of 3 eee nennen nnns 148 Remove the cassette media sensor 1 of 2 nennen 149 Remove the cassette media sensor 2 of 2 sss eene 150 Remove the temperature sensor sssssssssssssssssssseneneee eene enne nennen nennen 151 Remove the paper and registration sensor covers sssssssssssssssssssessseeerreerenernnnne 152 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 1 of 4 enne eren 153 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 2 of 4 mnes 154 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 3 of 4 eene 154 Remove the cartridge sensor PCA 4 of 4 mene 155 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover 1
176. igure 7 14 Fuser drive assembly ENWW Parts and diagrams 284 Chapter 7 Table 7 16 Fuser drive assembly Description Part number Fuser drive assembly RM1 2668 000CN Cable fuser drive RM1 2619 000CN ENWW Fuser drive assembly 285 Cassette tray 2 pm xo 4 VA es A 2 0 Figure 7 15 Cassette tray 2 286 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 17 Cassette tray 2 Ref All 25 Description Cassette 250 sheet Cover cassette front Separation pad assembly Part number RM1 2705 000CN RC1 6491 000CN RM1 2709 000CN Cassette tray 2 287 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Figure 7 16 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 ENWW Parts and diagrams 288 Chapter 7 Table 7 18 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Ref Description Part number Qty All Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2755 000CN 1 1 Multipurpose tray roller HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2741 000CN 1 2 Cover cassette roller assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 6609 000CN 1 3 Cassette RM1 2702 000CN 1 4 Multipurpose tray separation pad assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2699 000CN 1 ENWW Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 289 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 J504 Figure 7 17 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 ENWW Parts and diagrams 290 Cha
177. ing DIMM installation on page 27 Checking DIMM installation Check that the DIMMs are installed correctly and working To check DIMM installation 1 Turn the printer on Check that the printer is in the Ready state after it has gone through the startup sequence If an error message appears a DIMM might have been incorrectly installed 2 Print a configuration page See Using printer information pages on page 39 3 Check the Installed Personalities and Options section on the configuration page and compare it with the configuration page that you printed before the DIMM installation 4 Ifthe information on the configuration page has not changed one of the following situations exists The DIMM might not be installed correctly Repeat the installation procedure Or The DIMM might be defective Try a new DIMM ENWW Printer memory 27 28 Chapter2 Installation and configuration ENWW ENWW Maintenance e Understanding approximate supplies replacement intervals e Replacing supplies e Managing the print cartridge e Cleaning the printer e Calibrating the printer e Tools for troubleshooting 29 Understanding approximate supplies replacement intervals 30 The following table lists the estimated replacement intervals for supplies and the control panel messages that prompt you to replace each item Usage conditions and print patterns can cause results to vary Item Printer message Page count
178. ing the procedures in chapter 6 After a faulty part is located the printer can usually be repaired at the assembly level by replacing field replaceable units FRUs Some mechanical assemblies might need to be repaired at the subassembly level Hewlett Packard Company does not support replacement of components on the printed circuit assembles Before performing service e Remove all media e Unplug the power cable e Place the product on an ESD mat if available e Remove the print cartridges e Remove the tray 2 cassette After performing service e Return all media to the trays e Plugin the power cable e Reinstall the print cartridges e Reinstall the tray 2 cassette ENWW Removal and replacement strategy 73 Print cartridges 1 Open the front cover Figure 5 2 Remove the print cartridges 1 of 2 2 Grasp the two blue handles on the print cartridge and pull the cartridge out of the printer Figure 5 3 Remove the print cartridges 2 of 2 74 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW External doors covers and panels Front cover This part is called the front door in the user documentation and in chapter 1 Product information ET NOTE The printer shown in the following procedure is a duplex model and has a fan mounted to the front cover assembly Simplex model printers do not have one NOTE The ETB shown in this procedure is for the duplex model printer The ETB for the simplex model looks
179. int The firmware upgrade was not successful The printer is restoring factory settings No action necessary Attempt the upgrade again No action necessary Restoring The printer is restoring settings No action necessary RESTRICTED FROM PRINTING IN COLOR alternates with Ready For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only HP Color LaserJet 3000 The printer is set to print in black only but the job is in color HP Color LaserJet 3800 The message appears when the printer is set to COLOR IF ALLOWED and permissions do not exist to print in color HP Color LaserJet 3000 Enable color printing on the SYSTEM SETUP menu Set RESTRICT COLOR USE to ENABLE COLOR HP Color LaserJet 3800 Ask the network administrator to set the user or program permissions for color printing ENWW Control panel messages 191 Control panel message Description Recommended action RFU LOAD ERROR For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only An error has occurred during a firmware upgrade Reinstall the firmware Rotating COLOR motor alternates with To exit press STOP key Rotating motor alternates with To exit press STOP key A component test is in progress the component selected is color Cartridge motor The printer is testing a motor Press Stop to stop this test Press Stop to stop this test SANITIZING DISK X COMPLETE alternate
180. k Printer Setup Utility 2 Select the printer that you want to configure and then click Utility HP Printer Utility features The HP Printer Utility consists of pages that you open by clicking in the Configuration Settings list The following table describes the tasks that you can perform from these pages Item Description Color Cleaning Prints a cleaning page Configuration Page Prints a configuration page Supplies Status Shows the printer supplies status and provides links for online supplies ordering HP Support Provides access to technical assistance online supplies ordering online registration and recycling and return information File Upload Transfers files from the computer to the printer Upload Fonts Transfers font files from the computer to the printer Firmware Update Transfers updated firmware files from the computer to the printer Duplex Mode Turns on the automatic two sided printing mode Resolution Changes the resolution settings including the REt setting Lock Resources Locks or unlocks storage devices such as a hard disk Stored Jobs Manages print jobs that are stored on the printer hard disk Trays Configuration Changes the default printer tray settings IP Settings Changes the printer network settings and provides access to the embedded Web server Additional Settings Provides access to the embedded Web server E mail Alerts Configures the printer to send e mail notices for certain even
181. kup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 RM1 2757 000CN Sensor media assembly 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 RM1 2771 000CN RM1 2773 000CN Cartridge guide right assembly Drive motor assembly print cartridge HP CLJ 3000 K cartridge only Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RM1 2773 000CN Drive motor assembly black print cartridge HP CLJ 3000 only K motor Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RM1 2774 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 RM1 2775 000CN RM1 2777 000CN Preregistration guide assembly HP CLJ 3000 Face down tray assembly HP CLJ 3000 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2952 000CN Scanner assembly HP CLJ 3000 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RM1 6609 000CN RM1 2669 000CN Cover cassette roller assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cover right Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RM1 2727 000CN Paper pickup roller assembly 500 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 VS1 7207 003CN Connector snap tight simplex models External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 2
182. kup assembly HP CLJ 3000 enne nennen nen nennen 290 Electronic transfer belt simplex models ssssseeeenm emm eene 292 Electronic transfer belt duplex models ssesssseee nennen enne 294 Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 sss eene enne nnne rne nnns 296 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models ssssssssssseeeenmnn 298 I M H 300 POA 302 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 teer dr a bct Iu rcd d T Rd E RR 304 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly ssssssssssssssssseseeemereerenenenn nennen nenne 306 nU0 sheet feeder PCA T E M 308 Alphabetical parts list entre ciaancncadcedcaanesucdcanunadacedsacstaddendadcasaadundadccaaeaueundantah a 310 Numenical parts list is eee rene oe Ionen e aa Een ee FREE Ade d ERE Der ee LRL EET a TDI Nee SR REED Ga ai 319 Appendix A Printer specifications Electrical SpecifiCatlOns dote a mene ese dex etd ge toad diei Env dag RE RO DR pep tU e 330 Power consumption specifications sssssssssssssssseseseseee ener EEEE nennen 331 ACOUSTIC SPECINCATIONS wii uoce recie rn endet en ree E a a des FREE NR ME PAR SOON YEN Yd 332 Operating environment specifications sssssssssssessesee nennen
183. lace products which prove to be defective Replacement products might be either new or equivalent in performance to new HP warrants to you that HP software will not fail to execute its programming instructions after the date of purchase for the period specified above due to defects in material and workmanship when properly installed and used If HP receives notice of such defects during the warranty period HP will replace software which does not execute its programming instructions due to such defects HP does not warrant that the operation of HP products will be uninterrupted or error free If HP is unable within a reasonable time to repair or replace any product to a condition as warranted you will be entitled to a refund of the purchase price upon prompt return of the product HP products might contain remanufactured parts equivalent to new in performance or might have been subject to incidental use Warranty does not apply to defects resulting from a improper or inadequate maintenance or calibration b software interfacing parts or supplies not supplied by HP c unauthorized modification or misuse d operation outside of the published environmental specifications for the product or e improper site preparation or maintenance TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW THE ABOVE WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND NO OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED AND HP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRA
184. lenoids SL5014 and SL5015 ETB drive motor M5 Developing separation solenoid SL5011 SA o 0 f o mw Cassette pickup solenoid SL5012 Multipurpose tray pickup solenoid SL5013 10 Duplex reverse drive motor 11 Duplex flapper solenoid SL10 12 Duplex feed drive motor M11 13 Door fan duplex models only Service ID 241 Figure 6 9 Major assemblies 3 of 5 Cartridge sensor assembly Paper and registration sensor covers Cassette media sensor HP color LaserJet 3600 and 3800 only Temperature sensor ao Roo N Media sensor assembly 500 sheet feeder 242 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Figure 6 10 Major assemblies 4 of 5 1 Duplex reverse drive assembly 2 Duplex delivery drive assembly 3 Duplex feed drive assembly 4 Position guide and duplex paper feed assemblies Service ID 243 DUPLEX MODEL Figure 6 11 Major assemblies 5 of 5 1 Low voltage power supply DC controller PCA High voltage power supply Memory controller PCA Driver PCA Control panel N Oo mco F o DN Duplex driver PCA 244 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW DC controller connectors This diagram shows the connectors on the DC controller PCA G Lla O J1005 4J1002 J1006 5 J1004 J1024 o
185. loses the front cover e When it receives a command from the formatter The DC controller writes information at the following times e Ata specified interval during printing e When it receives a command from the formatter When the read write operation fails or the wrong data is read or written the DC controller determines that an error has occurred and notifies the formatter of a cartridge memory abnormality Printing then stops Memory tag Cartridge DC controller PCA Figure 4 18 Print cartridge activation Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW Removal and replacement e Removal and replacement strategy e External doors covers and panels e Internal assemblies e Printed circuit assemblies PCAs e Sensors e 500 sheet feeder 69 Removal and replacement strategy Introduction This chapter describes the removal and replacement of field replaceable units FRUs only Replacing FRUs is generally the reverse of removal Occasionally notes are included to provide directions for difficult or critical replacement procedures HP does not support repairing individual subassemblies or troubleshooting to the component level A WARNING Turn the printer off wait 5 seconds and then remove the power cord before attempting to service the printer If this warning is not followed severe injury can result as well as damage to the device The power must be on for certain functional checks during troublesh
186. lowchart 5 three neenon e rete n end ee red dan eo e ERE e ENE 172 Common causes of jAMS cece cer et ire eee eene nemen e nne n renes inen n renen inen nennen 196 i o jo EE 210 Causes for light images sssssssssessseeeee enne nemen nennen inen nenne nennen nnn 211 Causes for one color printing light enne 211 Causes for dark Images ere e Rmo dem REO mi PERI eneu M ERO eee E ERE Magen ad faasiedias 212 Causes for one color printing darker than others sss 212 Causes for a completely blank image sssssesseeneeeeeenee nennen nnns 213 Causes for an all black or solid colored image ssssssem 213 Causes for vertical lines of white dots emen 213 Causes for dirt on the back of the paper ssssssssssssssssssssseeeneneeee nne 214 Causes for dirt on the front of the paper sssssssssssssssssssseeene nennen 214 Causes for vertical lin S c cccecccecceeceeeeeeeeee eee ea deca cecaeaeaanaecaaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeessegsaceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeess 214 Causes for white vertical liNn S ccccceceeececceeecenccee cece ee eee eee eaaeeaaaaaaeeaeceeeeeeeeeseseseaceeeeaeeeeeeeeess 215 Causes for horizontal line cccccccccceeeeeeeeeeececceneaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseescaacaaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeccaecaeeeeeeeeess 215 Causes for white horizontal lines sss nnne 215 Causes for a missing Color iiic anana cane eer
187. ly HP CLJ 3000 Scanner assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Part number Qty RC1 6652 000CN 1 RC1 6653 000CN 1 RC1 6681 000CN 1 RC1 6700 000CN 1 RC1 6772 000CN 1 RC1 6773 000CN 1 RC1 6825 000CN 1 RC1 7551 000CN 1 WP2 5214 000CN 1 RM1 2595 000CN 1 RM1 2608 000CN 1 RM1 2610 000Cn 1 RM1 2611 000CN 1 RM1 2613 000CN 1 RM1 2629 000CN 1 RM1 2614 000CN 1 RM1 2628 000CN 1 RM1 2597 000CN 1 RM1 2605 000CN 1 RM1 2952 000CN 1 RM1 2640 000CN 1 Internal components 273 See paper pickup assembly J201 J1022 Figure 7 9 Internal components 5 of 5 ENWW Parts and diagrams 274 Chapter 7 ENWW Table 7 11 Internal components 5 of 5 10 11 12 14 16 17 18 19 Description Cover rear Cover Cable drive flat 1 Cable drive flat 2 Duct 1 Relay PCA Cable panel connecting Cable power control Cable clamp Multipurpose tray paper pickup gear assembly Shield PCA Cover connector Cover paper sensor Cover registration sensor Part number RC1 6627 000CN RC1 7577 000CN RK2 0969 000CN RK2 0970 000CN RC1 7546 000CN RM1 2582 000CN RM1 2587 000CN RM1 2592 000CN WT2 5944 000CN RM1 2704 000CN RC1 7599 000CN RC1 6607 000CN RC1 6611 000CN RC1 6612 000CN Internal components 275 Paper pickup drive assembly SL5012 J5012 p SL5013 Figure 7 10 Paper pickup drive assembly 276 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW
188. m up Embedded Web server See Using the embedded Web server on page 40 for general information about the embedded Web server See the embedded Web server Help system for details about alerts and how to set them up Using the embedded Web server ET NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer embedded Web server provides network configuration and status information only 40 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW NOTE When the printer is directly connected to a computer use the HP Easy Printer Care Software to view the printer status e View printer control status information e Setthe type of media that is loaded in each tray e Determine the remaining life of all supplies and order new ones e View and change tray configurations e X View and change the printer control panel menu configuration e X View and print internal pages e Receive notification of printer and supplies events e View and change network configuration e X View support content that is specific to the current state of the printer e Restrict access to color printing features HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only When the printer is connected to the network the embedded Web server is automatically available You can open the embedded Web server from Windows 95 and later Use the embedded Web server to view printer and network status and to manage printing functions from your computer instead of from the printer control panel To use
189. matically restarts at the end of the cleaning process 184 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action Cleaning Cleaning Do not grab paper The printer is performing a cleaning cycle The printer is processing a cleaning page No action necessary No action necessary Clearing event log This message appears while the event log is cleared The printer then returns to the SERVICE menu No action necessary Clearing paper path CLOSE TOP COVER AND FRONT DOOR The printer jammed or detected misplaced media The printer is attempting to eject these pages automatically The top cover and front door need to be closed No action necessary Close the top cover and front door CODE CRC ERROR For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only An error has occurred during a firmware upgrade Reinstall the firmware COLOR RFU FAILED Creating CLEANING PAGE An error has occurred during a firmware upgrade The printer is generating a cleaning page The printer returns to the Ready state after the cleaning page is printed Reinstall the firmware 1 Load the cleaning page into the multipurpose tray 2 Press Menu 3 Select PRINT QUALITY and then press Y 4 Select PROCESS CLEANING PAGE and then press v DATA RECEIVED alternates with Ready The printer received data and is waiting for a form
190. must be cycled to simulate opening and closing the top cover in order for the engine to recognize the change When the covers are installed the door switch and fuser interlock are automatically operated When the covers are removed you must perform these steps manually Individual diagnostic tests The following sections explain in more detail how to operate the various diagnostics correctly Print the event log page The event log lists the printer events including jams service errors and other printer conditions 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PRINT EVENT LOG and then press v The message Printing EVENT LOG appears on the display until the printer finishes printing the event log The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the event log View the event log on the control panel display The event log lists the last 50 printer events on the control panel display The most recent event is listed first 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight SHOW EVENT LOG and then press v Diagnostics 227 Print the print quality PQ troubleshooting pages The PQ troubleshooting pages are print quality assessment pages that you can use to troubleshoot print quality problems Follow the instructions on the first page of the print quality troubleshooting pages to solve print
191. must be installed in order for the multipurpose MP tray to operate The MP tray paper sensor SR707 detects whether media is present in the MP tray When the cassette is correctly installed and media is present the MP tray pickup operation begins 1 The DC controller receives a print command from the formatter and then begins rotating the pickup and feed motor M4 at the correct speed for the media type 2 Afterthe motor reaches the correct speed and the fuser is at the correct temperature the MP pickup solenoid SL5013 turns on and the MP pickup roller begins rotating 3 The MP pickup roller picks up one sheet of media The separation pad prevents multi feeds 4 The MP tray media sensor detects the media type as the media enters the printer DC controller PCA x x A A UT T uoz tu zru uzul a zeg 8 Xg82X568xXo amp 8 8x8 g cos OQ CoOsrtHA DCH DAD 9o roe 7 r Cocizeoli zmo ovoto 7 W ul o Z Win oW zu a Wi 9 gt D Ol Qzx0o00 90o0o O0 o02 u Of 2 E Org OacroOaxr mom amp cC o 9 c omrnmmenmgz c a Sae O occus Suusa gt 0g A a9 zp uczi ong lt ELS E r ails oe Ww ulmi z B o hz B t5 e 55 F s 20 2 r2 z 52g a 2 lt 3 Zx S 3 79 O Q QO a m ES Li O Q 2 4 z z ff oc W x n uw ff LL Oj 75 a H o 2 a gt an Multi purpose tray E pickup roller 2 Paper separation pad
192. n tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy If this equipment is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions it may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase separation between equipment and receiver e Connect equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is located e X Consult your dealer or an experienced radio TV technician ET NOTE Any changes or modifications to the printer that are not expressly approved by HP could void the users authority to operate this equipment Use of a shielded interface cable is required to comply with the Class B limits of Part 15 of FCC rules 340 Appendix C Regulatory statements ENWW Declaration of conformity HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer Declaration of Conformity according to ISO IEC Guid
193. n the contacts as necessary Replace any deformed or damaged contacts High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Poor fusing Table 6 19 Causes for poor fusing Cause Solution Media is not within specifications Use media that meets specifications Fuser is not within nip width specifications See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine whether a fuser sleeve is involved If so replace the fuser sleeve unit Fuser sleeve is scarred or damaged Replace the fuser Pressure roller is scarred or damaged See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine if a pressure roller is involved If so replace the fuser Printer is not properly set for media type Set the printer for the media type being used 216 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Table 6 19 Causes for poor fusing continued Cause Solution Thermistor is deteriorated Replace the fuser DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Image distortion Table 6 20 Causes for distortion or blurring Cause Solution Transfer unit is defective Replace the transfer unit Calibrate the printer after replacing the transfer unit Secondary transfer roller is defective If it does not rotate smo
194. nance ENWW ENWW Tab or section Description EZ NOTE The Networking tab can be password protected If this printer is on a E network always consult with the printer administrator before changing settings on this tab Other links e HP Instant Support Connects to the HP Web site to help you find solutions This service analyzes the printer error log and configuration information to provide Contains links that connect you to diagnostic and support information specific to your printer the Internet e Order Supplies Connects to the HP Web site to order genuine HP supplies e Product Support Connects to the support site for the printer for help regarding general topics ET NOTE Internet access is necessary in order to use any of these links If you use a dial up connection and did not connect when you first opened the embedded Web server you must connect before you can visit these Web sites Connecting might require that you close the embedded Web server and reopen it Using the HP Easy Printer Care Software Use the HP Easy Printer Care Software for the following tasks e Check the printer status e Check supplies status e Setup alerts e Gain access to troubleshooting and maintenance tools Use the HP Easy Printer Care Software when the printer is directly connected to your computer or when itis connected to a network A complete software installation is necessary in order to use the HP Easy Printer Care Sof
195. nd N models new Q5982 69001 base and N models exchange Q5982 67908 Q5982 69002 DN and DTN models new DN and DTN models exchange Formatter HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series Q5982 67907 base and N models new Q5982 69001 base and N models exchange Q5982 67908 DN and DTN models new Q5982 69002 DN and DTN models exchange controller formatter HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series only Q5987 67901 controller Power cord 8120 5301 Power cord OPT 903 3 COND 1 9 M LG ROHS 110v Ordering parts and supplies 255 Table 7 2 Accessories and supplies continued Item Part number Service exchange number Description pumm m amp ost 256 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Ordering parts and supplies 257 TRZIN MNT amp Gr pier ik LAE p amp AM E LHH f F i ve eS 16 External panels and covers See Multipurpose tray tray1 See front cover assembly Simplex model or Duplex model ENWW Figure 7 1 External panels and covers 1 of 2 Parts and diagrams 258 Chapter 7 ENWW Table 7 3 External panels and covers 1 of 2 11 16 Description Link multipurpose tray tray 1 hinge left Link multipurpose tray tray 1 hinge right Spring tension Cover left Cover
196. nd solenoids PP PLY S T O DUPLEX MODEL Figure 4 3 Motors fans and solenoids Main fan FM1 Fuser drive motor M1 Print cartridge drive motors M6 M7 M8 M9 Pickup and feed motor M4 Developing separation solenoids SL5014 SL5015 ETB drive motor M5 Developing separation solenoid SL501 1 e TE o0 GRO Te Cassette pickup solenoid SL5012 50 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW ENWW 10 11 12 13 Multipurpose tray pickup solenoid SL5013 ET NOTE The following parts are included only on duplexing printer models Duplex reverse drive motor M11 Duplex flapper solenoid SL10 Duplex feed drive motor M10 Door fan duplex models only FM2 Engine control system 51 Laser scanner system The formatter sends video signals to the DC controller which controls the laser scanner When the laser scanner system receives those signals it converts them to latent images on the photosensitive drum Formatter l 4n DC controller PCA 5 8 A A A ry zx Nn i i e Q S3 Bl gt T a All alg af OQ rz g lt q z S gt O S Oo S sz Oo Q T n aj n a Q 9 dl zi js Ja al 8 lt x lt a D ke a Oo Q a a L 4 ed al n 9 Photosensitive drum AZ TE E HA EM JM E A Collimator lens E Cylindrical lens 5
197. nd supplies User guide Provides detailed information for using and troubleshooting the printer Available on the printer CD Online Help Provides information about options that are available in the printer drivers To view a Help file open the online Help through the printer driver 2 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Printers at a glance ENWW The HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 and 3800 Series printers are available in the following configurations HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer Table 1 2 HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer configurations HP Color LaserJet 3000 printer HP Color LaserJet 3000n HP Color LaserJet HP Color LaserJet printer 3000dn printer 3000dtn printer e Prints up to 30 pages per minute The features of the The features of the The features of the ppm on letter size media or HP Color LaserJet 3000 HP Color LaserJet 3000 HP Color LaserJet 3000 29 ppm on A4 size media in printer plus printer plus printer plus monochrome black and white and 15 ppm in color e 64 MB RAM 128 e 192 MB RAM 256 e 192 MB RAM 256 total total total e 100 sheet multipurpose tray tray 1 and 250 sheet input tray e HP Jetdirect full e HP Jetdirect full e HP Jetdirect full tray 2 featured embedded featured embedded featured embedded print server to print server to print server to e Hi Speed universal serial bus connect to 10Base T connect to 10Base connect to 10Base T USB 2 0 port and enhanced 100 Base
198. nennen 54 Figure 4 7 Cassette pickup mechanism ueteri EAA EEE Cre e e Ye ed RA DERE EE eaaa 55 Figure 4 8 Multipurpose tray pickup mechanism sssssssssssssssssee eene nennen nennen nennen 56 Figure 4 9 Image formation system eiie reda eret Eee e dnt EL ona edi navel eerie 61 Figure 4 10 Image formation steps ssssssssseeemene enne nennen nn en nemen inneren enn 63 Figure4 11 Pre exposure uere edi tbe irte sen A 64 Figure 4 1412 Laser bear exposure ea te edet Dine edis tede tede ANANN AARAA 64 Figure 4 13 Media foet bigs cccec dee 65 Figure 4 14 Image transfer odere cete e edens e egent cede tue dede trae a deeded rete b de dea adt 65 Figure 4 15 Separation from the Cru cee ce nen nn ine eee eee emere nennen rennen nnne nenne 66 Figure 4 16 Fuslngusi ied tetti Needs Mende Eee decus wets bales ea Dun dax aca SohditaneNawtaee te Meu dee teeta 66 Figure 4 17 Print cartridge cedente nen hene aka dense RR rne oa Rae nea Re Nn APR RRR Da nnnc ER nd 67 Figure 4 18 Print cartridge activation siccae cernes te renes RE ane rbd Ado FER e Rae REY en RES RR LEX SERE aa RARE Pe DRE 68 Figure 5 1 Phillips and pozidrive screwdriver COMPAriSON ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee acca eeaaeaaaeaaaeaaaeaaeeaaeeaeeees 71 Figure 5 2 Remove the print cartridges 1 Of 2 eter ett dedi tected needa 74 Figure 5 3 Remove the print cartridges 2 of 2
199. ner comes in contact with the drum it adheres to the electrostatic latent image When the toner is on the drum the image becomes visible Transfer stage 64 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Step 5 media feed The printer generates electrostatic force to pull a sheet of print media to the ETB The sheet adheres to the belt and travels between the ETB engaged motor and the attraction roller The attraction roller transfer positive dc bias to the media so that the negatively charged toner can be easily transferred from the drum to the sheet ETB Attraction roller DC bias ETB engaged roller Media Figure 4 13 Media feed Step 6 image transfer The ETB carries the positively charged media over the photosensitive drum As it passes between the transfer roller and the drum the transfer roller applies a positive dc bias to the belt The negatively charged media and belt attract the negatively charged toner from the drum surface This process is repeated for each toner color ETB Transfer roller Z DC bias 777 Figure 4 14 Image transfer Step 7 separation from the drum The elasticity of the print media causes it to separate from the drum surface The sheet remains on the ETB and continues to travel through the printer ENWW Image formation system 65 Static charge eliminator DC bias Figure 4 15 Separation from the drum Step 8 separation from the ETB The elasticity of the print m
200. nese Korean and Japanese languages Software for networks For a summary of available HP network installation and configuration software solutions see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrators Guide You can find this guide on the printer CD HP Web Jetadmin HP Web Jetadmin is a browser based management tool for HP Jetdirect connected printers within your intranet and it should be installed only on the network administrator s computer To download a current version of HP Web Jetadmin and for the latest list of supported host systems visit www hp com go webjetadmin When HP Web Jetadmin is installed on a host server any client can gain access to it by using a supported Web browser such as Microsoft amp Internet Explorer 4 x or Netscape Navigator 4 x or later by navigating to the HP Web Jetadmin host UNIX For HP UX and Solaris networks go to www hp com support net printing to download the HP Jetdirect printer installer for UNIX Printer software 13 ET NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer does not support UNIX printing Linux For information go to www hp com go linuxprinting Utilities The HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 and 3800 Series printers are equipped with several utilities that make it easy to monitor and manage the printer on a network HP Easy Printer Care Software The HP Easy Printer Care Software is a software program that you can use for the following tasks e Checking the print
201. nflate failure 186 initialization hard disk 236 NVRAM 235 install cartridge error install fuser error 186 install supplies error 186 installation 20 internal clock errors 174 185 186 J jams cleaning spilled toner 37 control panel messages detection operations 58 duplex path clearing 205 e mail alerts 40 front cover clearing 203 fuser area clearing 200 locations 195 preventing 196 175 print quality after 209 recovery 195 tray 1 clearing 197 tray 2 or 3 clearing 198 Japanese VCCI statement Jetadmin HP Web downloading 13 print cartridge level checking 34 Jetdirect print server errors 184 HP Color LaserJet 3000 features 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 features 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 features 4 NVRAM initialization 235 troubleshooting 222 343 K Korean EMI statement 343 L labels sizes supported 16 laser safety statments 343 Index 347 laser beam exposure stage 64 laser scanner assembly removing 125 laser scanner system operations 52 latent image formation stage 63 LED diagnostics 225 left cover removing 84 light color troubleshooting 211 light diagnostics 225 light images troubleshooting 211 lights control panel 10 lines troubleshooting dotted 213 horizontal 215 vertical 214 Linux drivers 13 load tray message 187 locked menus control panel 184 low voltage power supply PCA removing 131 M Macintosh connecting to 23 HP Printer Utility 45 PPDs 14 versions supported 1
202. ng ENWW ET NOTE See the print modes in CONFIGURE DEVICE PRINT QUALITY PRINT MODES to associate each paper type with a specific print mode For example several BEST print modes can be set for a specific media type to enhance print quality Results will vary depending on the media being used See the OPTIMIZE setting for additional print quality adjustments ENWW Image defects 219 Repetitive defects troubleshooting Defects on printer rollers can cause image defects to appear at regular intervals on the page Use Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine which roller is causing the defect To resolve the problem try cleaning the roller If the roller remains dirty after cleaning or if it is damaged replace it Repetitive defects for the transfer unit normally appear on every other page because the transfer belt is longer than a page However the period of the repetitive defect can vary depending on the type of media and a repetitive defect can occur more than once on the same page VAN CAUTION Do not use solvents or oils to clean rollers Instead use lint free paper to clean the roller If dirt is difficult to remove dampen the paper with rubbing alcohol ET NOTE Defects on the tray 2 pickup roller or the multipurpose tray pickup roller do not cause a repetitive defect but instead cause a defect on the leading edge of the page Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects Problem Area Perio
203. ng the 500 sheet media sensor see Media sensor 500 sheet feeder on page 165 in this chapter Cassette media sensor HP LaserJet 3600 3800 B NOTE Always perform a full calibration procedure when you replace the cassette media sensor A CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Open the front cover and remove the ETB See Electrostatic transfer belt ETB on page 94 2 Release the locking tab callout 1 on the pickup and feed driver PCA cover callout 2 and then remove the cover A CAUTION Do not damage or bend the print cartridge high voltage springs callout 3 when you remove the cover A x poo 8m Figure 5 103 Remove the cassette media sensor 1 of 2 Sensors 149 3 Disconnect one connector callout 4 and remove one screw callout 5 Lift the cassette media sensor callout 6 out of the printer a Figure 5 104 Remove the cassette media sensor 2 of 2 150 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Temperature sensor A fa CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD L
204. ng them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover See 500 sheet feeder right cover on page 156 2 Disconnect four connectors callout 1 Figure 5 122 Remove the 500 sheet feeder driver PCA 1 of 2 ENWW 500 sheet feeder 163 3 Release the 500 sheet feeder PCA by removing two screws callout 2 Figure 5 123 Remove the 500 sheet feeder driver PCA 2 of 2 164 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Media sensor 500 sheet feeder A 1 2 fea CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer Remove the 500 sheet feeder right cover See 500 sheet feeder right cover on page 156 Disconnect one connector callout 1 J4003 NS 7 7 ILDN RK2 0959 7 R4007 e D C 7 akos SAM E 22 C4 D XioRn4003 7 Figure 5 124 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 1 of 4 500 sheet feeder 165 3 Use a small flatblade screwdriver to release the top cover on the 500 sheet feeder pickup and feed assembly and then remove the cover ZN CAUTION Be careful not to l
205. ns and detailed information The top level screen on the display has two areas message prompt and supplies gauge i uer D dE gt lt Figure 1 4 Printer display 1 Message prompt area Supplies gauge 3 Print cartridge colors from left to right black yellow cyan and magenta The message and prompt areas of the display alert you to the state of the printer and tell you how to respond 10 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW The supplies gauge shows the consumption levels of print cartridges black cyan magenta and yellow When a non HP print cartridge is installed a might appear instead of the consumption level The supplies gauge appears whenever the printer shows the Ready state and whenever the printer shows a warning or error message concerning a cartridge ENWW Control panel overview 11 Printer software The printing system software is included with the printer See the getting started guide for installation instructions The printing system includes software for end users and network administrators and printer drivers for access to the printer features and communication with the computer For a list of printer drivers and updated HP printer software go to the following Web sites e HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer go to www hp com go clj3000 software e HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer go to www hp com go clj3600 software e HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer go to www h
206. nt go to step B Table 6 15 Causes for horizontal line Cause Solution A The developing cylinder is deformed by remaining engaged with the photosensitive drum for too long Horizontal scratches on the photosensitive drum cartridge See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine whether a developing cylinder is involved If so print about 20 pages to solve the problem If the problem is not resolved replace the cartridge See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine whether a photosensitive drum is involved If so replace the cartridge The print cartridge cleaning blade leaves a line of toner on the drum C blade blur The line repeats every 77 mm 3 0 inches At the printer control panel set CONFIGURE DEVICE PRINT QUALITY OPTIMIZE PRE ROTATION ON B Horizontal scratches on the fuser sleeve See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine whether a fuser sleeve is involved If so replace the fuser White horizontal line If the line appears in a particular color go to A If it appears in full color go to B Table 6 16 Causes for white horizontal lines Cause Solution A Horizontal scratches on the photosensitive drum cartridge See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine whether a photosensitive drum is involved If so replace the print cartridge B Horizontal scratche
207. nt cover assembly duplex models RM1 2715 000CN Front cover assembly duplex model on page 265 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Front cover assembly simplex models RM1 2673 000CN Front cover assembly simplex model on page 263 Fuser assembly 110V 127V Fuser assembly 220V 240V Fuser cable assembly RM1 2665 000CN RM1 2743 000CN RM1 2597 000CN Fuser on page 301 Fuser on page 301 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Fuser drive assembly RM1 2668 000CN Fuser drive assembly on page 285 Gear 17T 41T Gear 18T HP CLJ 3000 RC1 6596 000CN RC1 6521 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Gear 19T 30T RC1 6593 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Gear 29T RC1 6575 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Gear 31T Gear 41T RC1 6594 000CN RC1 6589 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Gear 58T RC1 6571 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Guard cable RC1 6825 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Guide cable left Guide cable right 1 RC1 6681 000CN RC1 6682 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273
208. ntacts are not visible 6 EZ NOTE If you have difficulty inserting the DIMM make sure that the notch on the bottom of the DIMM is aligned with the bar in the slot If the DIMM still does not go in make sure that you are using the correct DIMM type 7 Align the edge of the formatter board in the tracks at the top and bottom of the slot and then slide the board into the printer Push the formatter firmly until you hear the formatter latches click into place ANN AA ET NOTE After replacing the formatter make sure that the control panel is functioning If the printer fans and motors are operating correctly but the control panel is not turn the power off and then remove the formatter and reinstall it You might have to repeat this step several times to seat the formatter correctly 26 Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW 8 Reconnect the power cable and USB or network cable and then turn on the printer 9 After installing a memory DIMM see Enabling memory on page 27 Enabling memory If you installed a memory DIMM set the printer driver to recognize the newly added memory To enable memory for Windows 1 On the Start menu point to Settings and click Printers or Printers and Faxes Select this printer and select Properties On the Configure tab click More 2 3 4 Inthe Total Memory field type or select the total amount of memory that is now installed 5 Click OK 6 Go to Check
209. nternal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Alphabetical parts list 311 Table 7 29 Alphabetical parts list continued Description Part number Table and page Cam gear 48T RC1 6584 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Cam slide left RC1 6638 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Cam slide right RC1 6645 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Cartridge guide right assembly RM1 2771 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RM1 2585 000CN PCAs on page 303 Cartridge sensor PCA Cassette RM1 2702 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 Cassette sensor PCA RM1 2576 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Cassette 250 sheet RM1 2705 000CN Cassette tray 2 on page 287 Clutch mechanical HP CLJ 3000 RM1 2699 000CN VS1 7207 003CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 on page 291 Connector snap tight simplex models External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Contact holder assembly RM1 2683 000CN Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Control panel assembly HP CLJ 3000 RK2 0996 000CN PCAs on page 303 Control panel assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RK2 0989 000CN PCAs on page 303 Cover RC1 7577 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cover 500 sheet cassette RC1 6945 000CN
210. oblems from toner buildup Over time toner and other particles can build up inside the printer This buildup can cause the following print quality problems e X Marks at even intervals on the printed side of the page e Tonerthat smears easily e Toner specks on the page e X Vertical streaks or bands on the page To correct these types of problems clean the printer See Cleaning the printer on page 37 Print quality troubleshooting pages Use the built in print quality troubleshooting pages to help diagnose and solve print quality problems 1 Press Menu 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PQ TROUBLESHOOTING and then press v to print the pages ENWW Jams 209 Image defects If specific defects occur repeatedly print a Print Quality Troubleshooting page and follow the instructions on the first page If you cannot resolve the problem use the information in this section to identify the root cause of the problem Image defects fall into the following categories Links to possible causes and recommended solutions are included In general the items are listed in order from minor repairs to major repairs Check each item in the order in which it appears Table 6 3 Image defects Image defect Description More information Light image Image light in all colors See Table 6 4 Causes for light images on page 211 Light color Image light in a particular
211. ocking tabs and release the cover MILII ET MMMM gt MY tt Figure 5 22 Remove the left cover 5 of 5 ET NOTE This photograph shows the two front locking tabs low on the inside of the left cover NEL r 86 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Right cover 1 Remove the following components e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Formatter cage See Formatter cage on page 92 2 Remove one screw callout 1 Figure 5 23 Remove the right cover 1 of 4 3 Open the front cover ENWW External doors covers and panels 87 88 Chapter 5 4 Use a flatblade screwdriver to release the two locking tabs callout 2 on the front of the right cover and the tab on the printer chassis callout 3 j 2 Figure 5 24 Remove the right cover 2 of 4 d NOTE This photograph shows the front locking tabs on the inside of the right cover ae Kk y HTL NN S Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Remove the power switch arm Figure 5 25 Remove the right cover 3 of 4 ENWW External doors covers and panels 89 6 Remove the cover by releasing the two rear locking tabs Figure 5 26 Remove the right cover 4 of 4 L Ld ets Hint When installing the right cover make sure that the metal power switch arm is engaged with the power switch UM 77 i el ASEA 214 90 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Rear up
212. oller ENWW Control panel messages 181 Recommended action Control panel message Description 59 52 ERROR 59 62 ERROR 59 53 ERROR 59 63 ERROR 59 90 ERROR 59 A0 ERROR 59 C0 ERROR An error occurred with the magenta print cartridge drive motor during startup or rotation An error occurred with the yellow print cartridge drive motor during startup or rotation An error occurred with the ETB motor during startup or rotation An error occurred with the developing separation drive assembly d Check that connectors J5003 on the magenta print cartridge drive motor and J207 on the DC controller are seated correctly Replace the magenta print cartridge drive motor Replace the DC controller Check that connectors J5005 on the yellow print cartridge drive motor and J208 on the DC controller are seated correctly Replace the yellow print cartridge drive motor Replace the DC controller Check that connectors J5002 on the ETB motor and J206 on the DC controller are seated correctly Replace the ETB Replace the DC controller Check that the following connectors on the driver PCA are seated correctly J403 J405 J213 Check that connector J1020 on the DC controller is seated correctly Check that connector J5008 on the fuser motor is seated correctly Replace the developing separation drive assembly Replace the memory controller PCA Replace the fuser 59 F0 ERRO
213. oller PCB Step B Poor primary transfer bias contacts On the transfer unit check the primary transfer bias contacts to the high voltage PCB Clean the contacts as necessary Replace any deformed or damaged contacts Deformed or deteriorated primary transfer Replace the transfer unit charging roller Defective high voltage PCB Replace the high voltage PCB Defective laser scanner unit Replace the laser scanner unit Defective DC controller PCB Replace the DC controller PCB Dark image Table 6 6 Causes for dark images Cause Solution Image density is not adjusted correctly Calibrate the printer Color misregistration sensor lens is dirty Clean the color misregistration sensor lens Color misregistration sensor is defective Replace the color misregistration sensor Environmental sensor is defective Replace the environmental sensor DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Dark color Table 6 7 Causes for one color printing darker than others Cause Solution Poor contacts with the primary charging bias developing On the cartridge that is producing the darker color check bias or drum grounding the primary charging bias and developing bias contacts to the high voltage PCB or the drum grounding contacts Clean the contacts as necessary Replace any deformed or damaged contacts High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace
214. oller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB ENWW Image defects 217 Cause Solution Poor contacts exist to each cartridge and printer grounding Clean the grounding contacts on each cartridge and the printer If the problem remains after cleaning check the contacts for damage Replace any deformed or damaged parts Make sure that all contacts are connected correctly The movement of the fuser front paper sensor lever is not Reseat the lever to make the movement smooth smooth Foreign substances or dirt on the fuser inlet guide Clean the fuser inlet guide Misplaced image Table 6 23 Causes for a misplaced image Cause Solution The oblique rollers are worn if problem only occurs on the Replace the oblique rollers back side of duplex printing only DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Reversed color Table 6 24 Causes for reversed color Cause Solution The FFC that connects the DC controller to the formatter is Reseat the FFC to the DC controller PCB J1001 not correctly connected DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Snail tracks Table 6 25 Causes for snail tracks Cause Solution This occurs in high temperature high humidity environments Replace the fuser on the second side of duplexing jobs when the fuser pressure roller is bent 218 Chapter6 Troubleshooti
215. ollowing procedure to convert the Service ID into the installation date 1 Add 1990 to YY to determine the actual year that the printer was installed 2 Divide DDD by 30 and if there is a remainder add 1 to the quotient to determine the month the printer was installed 3 The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the day of the month If no remainder resulted from the calculation in step 2 then the day of the month is the 30th Using the Service ID 12287 as an example the date conversion is as follows 1 12 1990 2002 so the year is 2002 2 287 divided by 30 9 with a remainder of 17 Add 1 to 9 to get 10 so the month is October 3 The remainder from the above calculation is 17 so that is the day of the month 4 The complete date is 17 October 2002 A 6 day grace period is built into the date system Restoring the Service ID If you replace the formatter the Service ID is lost and must be restored Use this menu item to reset the Service ID which is calculated based on the date the printer was first used The date format is YYDDD Use the following procedure to calculate the Service ID 1 To calculate YY subtract 1990 from the calendar year 2 To calculate DDD use the following formula 30 calendar month 1 calendar day DDD If the calendar day is 31 use 30 instead Using October 17 2002 as the date the printer was first used the service ID conversion is as follows a 2002 minus 1
216. olor LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer is generating the color usage log page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed Recommended action No action necessary Printing CONFIGURATION The printer is generating the configuration page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed No action necessary Printing Printing DEMO PAGE DIAGNOSTICS PAGE The printer is generating the demo page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed The printer is generating the diagnostics page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed No action necessary No action necessary Printing EVENT LOG For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer is generating the event log page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed No action necessary Printing Printing FILE DIRECTORY FONT LIST For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer is generating the mass storage directory page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer is generating either the PCL or PS personality typeface list and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed No action necessary No action necessary Printing MENU MAP The printe
217. olor LaserJet 3600 included 4 HP Color LaserJet 3800 included 4 jams clearing 197 198 load message 187 locating 7 manual feed message 187 open 192 optional 5 paper sizes supported 16 paper types supported 16 paper path test 228 sensors 54 ENWW size mismatch error 192 type mismatch error 193 unexpected size errors 177 unexpected type errors 177 troubleshooting about 170 access denied 184 action not currently available error 184 assembly diagrams 240 black or solid color pages 213 blank images 213 blank spots 216 buffer overflow 176 cartridges 186 190 checklist 170 chosen personality not available error 184 circuit diagrams 248 code CRC error 185 cold reset 235 color misregistration 217 color missing 216 color restrictions 191 communications 222 component test 230 connector locations 238 control panel messages 174 dark color 212 dark images 212 DC controller connectors 245 DC controller errors 181 Diagnostics menu 224 diagnostics mode 225 DIMMs 187 dirt on paper 213 disable cartridge check 228 distorted images 217 dots in vertical lines 213 drum rotation test 234 duplexer errors 184 ElO cards 222 engine test page 233 environment 208 eventlog 227 firmware upgrades 185 186 192 flowchart 172 formatter test 233 fuser 186 fusing poor 216 half self test 233 horizontal lines 215 HP Jetdirect print server 184 image defects 210 image formation 207 inco
218. om the printer to remove it ig y E 4 A SS nz T7 nem D ANY AY N Figure 5 28 Remove the formatter cage 4 Open the service menu see Service menu on page 223 and transfer the values from step 1 to the replacement formatter 5 When you install a replacement formatter you must calibrate the printer See Calibrating the printer on page 38 ET NOTE After replacing the formatter cage make sure that the control panel is functioning If the printer fans and motors are operating correctly but the control panel is not turn the power off and then remove the formatter cage and reinstall it You might have to repeat this step several times to seat the formatter correctly ENWW Internal assemblies 93 Electrostatic transfer belt ETB ET NOTE TheETB shownin this procedure is for the duplex model The ETB for the simplex model looks different but the procedure for removing it is the same as for the duplex model 1 Open the front cover 2 Push in the two blue latch buttons callout 1 and pull the ETB out of the printer Figure 5 29 Remove the front ETB 94 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Fuser AN CAUTION The fuser might be hot Wait for the fuser to cool before you remove it 1 Open the upper top cover fuser door 2 Squeeze the two blue fuser locking levers
219. on page See Using printer information pages on page 39 Installing memory DIMMs You can install more memory for the printer and you can also install a font DIMM to print characters for languages such as Chinese or the Cyrillic alphabet A CAUTION Static electricity can damage DIMMs When handling DIMMs either wear an antistatic wrist strap or frequently touch the surface of the DIMM antistatic package and then touch bare metal on the printer To install memory and font DIMMs 1 Turn the printer off and then disconnect all power and interface cables 42 gt T RA 2 AAA Chapter 2 Installation and configuration ENWW On the right side of the printer gently pull the black tabs together and then pull the formatter assembly from the printer 2 WW AAA 3 Place the formatter board on a clean flat grounded surface To replace a DIMM that is currently installed spread the latches apart on each side of the DIMM slot lift the DIMM up at an angle and pull it out Remove the new DIMM from the antistatic package and then locate the alignment notch on the 4 bottom edge of the DIMM ENWW Printer memory 25 5 Holding the DIMM by the edges align the notch on the DIMM with the bar in the DIMM slot at an angle and firmly press the DIMM into the slot until it is fully seated When installed correctly the metal co
220. ook for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer Remove the following components Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Right cover See Right cover on page 87 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 Disconnect one connector callout 1 J1018 and release the locking tab callout 2 Remove the temperature sensor callout 3 Sensors 151 Paper and registration sensor covers 1 Open the front cover and remove the ETB See Electrostatic transfer belt ETB on page 94 2 Remove two screws callout 1 and the paper and registration sensor covers callout 2 PAS CAUTION Do not bend the locator tabs on the covers Figure 5 106 Remove the paper and registration sensor covers 152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Cartridge sensor PCA A fea CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yours
221. ooting However the power supply should be disconnected during parts removal Never operate or service the printer with the protective cover removed from the laser scanner assembly The reflected beam although invisible can damage your eyes The sheet metal parts can have sharp edges Be careful when handling sheet metal parts A CAUTION ESD Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing printer parts Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer CAUTION Do not bend or fold the flat flexible cables FFCs during removal or installation ET NOTE To install a self tapping screw first turn it counterclockwise to align it with the existing thread pattern and then carefully turn it clockwise to tighten Do not overtighten If a self tapping screw hole becomes stripped repair the screw hole or replace the affected assembly The printer shown in this chapter is a duplex model It has a duplex fan mounted to the front cover a duplex feed drive assembly and a duplexing reverse drive assembly mounted under the upper top cover Simplex model printers do not have these parts The electrostatic transfer belt ETB shown in this
222. or all models in ready mode is 171 BTU per hour N a Boo ET NOTE These values are subject to change ENWW Power consumption specifications 331 Acoustic specifications Table A 5 Acoustic emissions for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printers Sound power level Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 15 ppm Lwaa 6 9 Bels A 69 dB A Ready Lwaa 5 3 Bels A 53 dB A Sound pressure level bystander position Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 15 ppm Loam 55 dB A Ready Loam 39 dB A 1 The HP Color LaserJet 3000dn was tested in simplex mode with A4 size media The color printing speed is 15 ppm for letter size media and A4 size media The monochrome printing speed is 30 ppm for letter size media and 29 ppm for A4 size media N Table A 6 Acoustic emissions for the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer Sound power level Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 17 ppm Lwaa 6 4 Bels A 64 dB A Sound pressure level bystander position Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 17 ppm Loam 49 dB A 1 The HP Color LaserJet 3600 printer was tested in simplex monochrome mode with A4 size media The printing speed is 17 ppm for letter size media and 17 ppm for A4 size media N Table A 7 Acoustic emissions for the HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printers Sound power level Declared per ISO 9296 Printing 20 ppm Lwaq 6 4 Bels A 64 dB A Ready Lwaa 5 4 Bels A 5
223. or installation Figure 5 85 Remove the DC controller PCA 1 of 3 Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 135 3 Release four locking tabs callout 1 and then remove the engine test print switch callout 2 4 Figure 5 87 Remove the DC controller PCA 3 of 3 136 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW High voltage power supply A a CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Remove the following components Fuser See Fuser on page 95 Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 2 Disconnect two FFCs callout 1 J1009 and J1019 on the DC controller AN CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal or installation Figure 5 88 Remove the high voltage power supply 1 of 3 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 137 3 Remove four screws callout 2 and then disconnect two connectors callout 3 A 4 epe Figure 5 89 Remove the high voltage power
224. ose the grounding springs that are under this cover Figure 5 125 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 2 of 4 4 Remove the media sensor torsion spring callout 2 Figure 5 126 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 3 of 4 166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Raise the media sensor and then slide it off of the hinges to remove it Figure 5 127 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 4 of 4 ENWW 500 sheet feeder 167 168 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW Troubleshooting Touse the information in this chapter you should have a basic understanding of the HP LaserJet printing process Explanations of each mechanical assembly the printer systems and the basic theory of operation are contained in Theory of operation on page 47 Do not perform any of these troubleshooting processes unless you understand the function of each printer component Troubleshooting process Control panel messages Jams Image defects Repetitive defects troubleshooting Interface troubleshooting Service menu Diagnostics menu Diagnostics Test pages Engine resets Service ID 169 Troubleshooting process When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation the printer control panel alerts you to the situation This chapter also contains information to help diagnose and solve problems e Use the pre troubleshooting checklist to evaluate the source of the problem
225. otate the top of the cover away from the feeder to release two locking tabs along the bottom of the cover Figure 5 118 Remove the 500 sheet feeder left cover 5 of 5 160 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 500 sheet feeder rear cover 1 Remove the following components e 500 sheet feeder right cover See 500 sheet feeder right cover on page 156 e 500 sheet feeder left cover See 500 sheet feeder left cover on page 158 2 Release the two locking tabs along the side of the cover Figure 5 119 Remove the 500 sheet feeder rear cover 1 of 3 sie gt Hint Before proceeding look at the following figure and note the location of the locking tabs on the rear cover ENWW 500 sheet feeder 161 3 Carefully pry loose the three locking tabs along the top of the cover Figure 5 120 Remove the 500 sheet feeder rear cover 2 of 3 4 Rotate the cover up and away from the feeder chassis to remove it Figure 5 121 Remove the 500 sheet feeder rear cover 3 of 3 162 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 500 sheet feeder driver PCA TA CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placi
226. othly or is deformed replace the secondary transfer roller DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Color misregistration If the misregistration occurs in a particular color go to A If it occurs in all colors go to step B If another misregistration issue is evident perform the steps in order Table 6 21 Causes for color misregistration Cause Solution The printer is not calibrated correctly Calibrate the printer Open the front door and remove the ETB shipping locks on each side of the ETB assembly toward the bottom A Cartridge is defective Check if the photosensitive drum in the problem cartridge rotates smoothly If not replace the cartridge Cartridge drive gears are worn or chipped Check the drive gears connected to the problem cartridge If a gear is worn or chipped replace the gear B Color misregistration sensor is dirty Clean the color misregistration sensor lens Color misregistration sensor is defective Replace the color misregistration sensor Transfer unit is defective If the transfer unit does not rotate smoothly replace it Drive gears are worn or chipped Check the drive gears between the image drive unit and the drum motor If one is worn or chipped replace it Image drive unit is defective Replace the image drive unit Laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner unit DC contr
227. ow depicts a major troubleshooting step A yes answer to a question allows you to proceed to the next major step A no answer indicates that additional testing is needed Proceed to the appropriate section in this chapter and follow the instructions there After completing the instructions proceed to the next major step in this troubleshooting flowchart Table 6 1 Troubleshooting flowchart 1 Is the printer on and does a readable message Follow the power on troubleshooting checks appear Power on After the control panel display is functional go to step 2 Yes Y No 2 Does the message Ready appear on the If an error message appears see Control panel messages control panel display on page 174 Control panel messages Yes Y No gt After the errors have been corrected go to step 3 3 Open the DIAGNOSTICS menu and print an If the event log does not print see Control panel messages event log to see the history of errors with this on page 174 Event log printer If the paper jams inside the printer see Jams on page 195 Does the event log print If error messages appear on the control panel display when you try Yes 4 No gt to print an event log see Control panel messages on page 174 After successfully printing and evaluating the event log go to step 4 4 Open the INFORMATION menu and print the If accessories that are installed are not listed on the configuration configuration pages to verify th
228. p com go clj3800 software HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printer and HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer drivers The HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers use the PCL 5c PCL 6 and PostScript 3 emulation PDL drivers ET NOTE For Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers include a monochrome PCL 6 driver that can be installed for users who will be printing only black and white print jobs Table 1 6 Printer drivers for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers Operating system PCL 5c PCL 6 PS 3 emulation Windows 98 Windows Me Windows 2000 Windows XP 32 bit Windows Server 2003 32 bit NININI amp I amp NNNSI amp IS Windows Server 2003 64 bit Mac OS V9 1 and later and OS X V10 2 and later NINININISI amp Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems The HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers include both a monochrome and color PCL 6 driver for Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 users 3 For Windows 2000 and Windows XP 32 bit and 64 bit download the PCL 5 driver from www hp com go clj3000 software or www hp com go clj3800 software For Windows XP 64 bit download the PCL 6 driver from www hp com go clj3000 software or www hp com go clj3800 software HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer drivers The HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer use
229. p drive assembly 11 of 13 13 Carefully turn the printer onto its right side Gently pry the sheet metal bottom plate off of its locator pins callout 18 and away from the pickup drive assembly callout 19 ET NOTE The plastic printer foot can be dislodged when the bottom plate is separated from the chassis Be careful to not lose the printer foot m Figure 5 69 Remove the pickup drive assembly 12 of 13 ENWW Internal assemblies 123 14 Remove two screws callout 20 to release the pickup drive assembly NOTE Figure 5 70 Remove the pickup drive assembly 13 of 13 on page 124 shows the pickup drive assembly from the tray 2 cassette side Figure 5 70 Remove the pickup drive assembly 13 of 13 CAUTION The small gear assembly above the pickup drive assembly motor is not captive Do not lose the gears when you remove the drive assembly 124 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Laser scanner assembly ET NOTE Always perform a full calibration procedure when you replace the laser scanner assembly 1 Remove the following components e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 e Leftcover See Left cover on page 84 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 e Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 2 Remove four screws callout 1 and remove the sheet metal shield callout 2
230. panel 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press Wto highlight INFORMATION 3 Press Wto highlight PRINT SUPPLIES STATUS Using the embedded Web server 1 n your browser type the IP address for the printer home page This takes you to the printer status page 2 On the left side of the screen click Supplies Status This takes you to the supplies status page which provides print cartridge information Using HP Web Jetadmin In HP Web Jetadmin select the printer The device status page shows print cartridge information Replacing print cartridges When a print cartridge approaches the end of its useful life a message to order a replacement appears on the control panel display The printer can continue to print with the current print cartridge until the control panel message instructs you to replace the cartridge The printer uses four colors each in its own and has a different print cartridge black K magenta M cyan C and yellow Y Replace a print cartridge when a REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE message appears on the printer control panel The control panel display indicates the color that should be replaced if a genuine HP cartridge is currently installed A CAUTION If toner gets on clothing wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash the clothes in cold water Hot water sets toner into fabric ET NOTE Forinformation about recycling used print cartridges visit the HP LaserJet Supplies Web site at www hp com
231. per letter CHP310 HP LaserJet paper A4 Reference service and 5851 1468 HP LaserJet Printer Family training materials Print Media Specification Guide 5021 0337 PCL PLJ Technical Reference Package 254 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 2 Accessories and supplies continued Item Part number Service exchange number Description Service and training CD Q5982 14006 For downloadable versions go to www hp com support clj3000 www hp com support clj3600 or www hp com support clj3800 When connected select Manuals CD based service and training information Assembly service and training CD Q5982 60113 CD based service and training information English Service manual this manual Q5982 90946 Printed copy of this manual Control panel overlays HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series only Q7533 60112 German French Italian Q7533 60113 Spanish Dutch Portuguese Catalan Q7533 60114 Q7533 60115 Finnish Norwegian Swedish Slovak Czech Hungarian Polish Control panel overlays HP Color LaserJet 3600 3800 Series only Formatter HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series Q5982 60107 French Spanish Portuguese Q5982 60108 German French Italian Q5982 60109 Spanish Dutch Portuguese Catalan Q5982 60110 Finnish Norwegian Swedish Slovak Q5982 67907 Q5982 60111 Czech Hungarian Polish base a
232. per cover 1 Remove the following components e Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 e Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 e Leftcover See Left cover on page 84 e Right cover See Right cover on page 87 2 Release the cover by removing 10 screws callout 1 Figure 5 27 Remove the rear upper cover ENWW External doors covers and panels 91 Internal assemblies 92 Formatter cage A WARNING Do not replace the formatter and the DC controller at the same time Install the replacement formatter and then turn the power on After the printer initializes turn the power off and install the replacement DC controller A CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Before you install a replacement formatter open the service menu see Service menu on page 223 and record the following values e Mono cycle count e Color cycle count e Refurbish cycle count e Serial number e Service ID 2 Pushin on the two black locking levers Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Pull the formatter cage away fr
233. port clj3800 When you connect select Troubleshoot a Problem A CAUTION Hewlett Packard Company recommends the use of genuine HP products in this printer Use of non HP products might cause problems requiring service that is not covered by the Hewlett Packard extended warranty or service agreements Replacing supplies 31 Replacing the fuser J N CAUTION The fuser might be hot 1 Turn the printer off Open the upper top cover Squeeze the two blue fuser locking levers to release the fuser 2 3 4 Rotate the old fuser up and out of the printer 5 Install the new fuser 6 Close the upper top cover 32 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW Managing the print cartridge ENWW This section provides information about HP print cartridges including their life expectancies how to store them and how to identify genuine HP supplies Information also appears about non HP print cartridges HP print cartridges When you use a genuine HP print cartridge you can obtain several types of information e Amount of toner remaining e X Estimated number of pages remaining e Number of pages printed Non HP print cartridges Hewlett Packard Company cannot recommend use of non HP print cartridges either new or remanufactured Because they are not HP products HP cannot influence their design or control their quality Service or repair that is required as a result of using a non HP print cartridge will not be covered under th
234. print cartridge drive motor for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 Make sure that you order the black print cartridge drive motor that is appropriate for the model The black print cartridge drive motor for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 has one additional pin in the wire harness connector 1 Remove the right cover See Right cover on page 87 2 To remove the motor disconnect one connector callout 1 and remove three screws callout 2 Repeat this procedure for the remaining print cartridge motors Figure 5 34 Remove the print cartridge motor ENWW Internal assemblies 99 Duplex reverse drive assembly ET NOTE The printer shown is the duplex model and contains a duplex reverse drive assembly Simplex model printers do not have this part If you are repairing simplex model printer ignore the following procedure 1 Remove the upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Turn the upper cover over and place it on a flat surface 2 3 Remove the duplex driver PCA See Duplex driver PCA on page 147 4 Release the tab on the delivery roller retainer and rotate the retainer up into the unlocked position and remove it m Figure 5 35 Remove the duplex reverse drive assembly 1 of 5 100 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 6 ENWW Slide the delivery roller and retainer out of the upper cover ET NOTE When you reinstall the roller make sure that the locking tabs on the right roller collar
235. pter 7 ENWW Table 7 19 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 Ref All 10 11 12 18 25 Description Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 Spring tension HP CLJ 3000 Bushing HP CLJ 3000 Bushing HP CLJ 3000 Clutch mechanical HP CLJ 3000 Spring compression HP CLJ 3000 Gear 18T HP CLJ 3000 Preregistration guide assembly HP CLJ 3000 Block Multipurpose path HP CLJ 3000 Part number Qty RM1 2774 000CN 1 RC1 6516 000CN 2 RC1 6517 000CN 1 RC1 6518 000CN 1 RM1 2699 000CN 1 RC1 6520 000CN 1 RC1 6521 000CN 1 RM1 2775 000CN 1 RC1 7959 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 291 Electronic transfer belt simplex models 9 SL5011 A Figure 7 18 Electronic transfer belt simplex models 292 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 20 Electronic transfer belt simplex models Description Part number Electronic transfer belt simplex models RM1 2690 000CN Motor DC ETB simplex models RK2 0937 000CN ENWW Electronic transfer belt simplex models 293 Electronic transfer belt duplex models Figure 7 19 Electronic transfer belt duplex models 294 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 21 Electronic transfer belt duplex models Description Part number Electronic transfer belt duplex models RM1 2711 000CN ENWW Electronic transfer belt duplex models 295 Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 Figure 7 20 Multipurpo
236. quality problems 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v 3 Press W to highlight PQ TROUBLESHOOTING and then press v The message PRINTING PQ TROUBLESHOOTING appears on the control panel display until the printer finishes printing the PQ troubleshooting pages The printer returns to the Ready state after printing the PQ troubleshooting pages Disable cartridge check special mode test Use this diagnostic test to print internal pages or send an external job to the printer when one or more print cartridges are removed or exchanged Because the cartridges are not keyed the diagnostic test can be run when one to four cartridges have been removed or moved to another location exchanged Consumable supply errors are ignored while the printer is in this mode When the printer is in this mode you can navigate the menus and print internal pages or send an external print job to the printer This diagnostic test can be used to isolate print quality problems that are related to individual cartridges and to isolate individual cartridge problems such as noise ET NOTE Anytime that a cartridge is installed or removed while the covers are removed the door interlock must be cycled to simulate opening and closing the top cover in order for the engine to recognize the change When the covers are installed the door switch and fuser interlock are automatically operated When the covers are removed you
237. r motor connector J5008 and driver PCA connector J213 are seated correctly 3 Replace the fuser drive assembly 4 Replace the DC controller PCA 50 8 Error 1 Verify the fuser is installed correctly and fully seated 2 Check that connector J6007 on the fuser is seated correctly Replace the connector as necessary 3 Turn off the printer 4 Remove the fuser 5 If there is no conduction in the subthermistor measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LA 1 and J6007LA 3 If the resistance is not 368 to 522 kohms replace the fuser 6 If there is no conduction in the fuser heater measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LAF 1 ENWW Control panel messages 179 Control panel message Description Recommended action and J6007 2 Ifthe resistance is not 11 5 to 13 3 kohms 100 to 127 V or 46 2 to 53 2 kohms 220 to 240 V replace the fuser 7 Replace the DC controller PCA 50 9 Error 1 Verify the fuser is installed correctly and fully seated 2 Check that connector J6007 on the fuser is seated correctly Replace the connector as necessary 3 Turn off the printer 4 Remove the fuser 5 Measure the resistance between fuser connectors J6007LA 2 and J6007LA 3 If the resistance is not 368 to 522 kohms replace the fuser 6 Replace the DC controller PCA 51 XY ERROR alternates with To continue turn off then on A printer error has occurred X Descrip
238. r plus printer plus printer plus e 100 sheet multipurpose tray tray 1 and 250 sheet input tray 64 MB RAM 160 e 192 MB RAM 288 e 192 MB RAM 288 tray 2 total total total e Hi Speed USB 2 0 portand EIO e HP Jetdirect full e Automatic 2 sided e Automatic 2 sided slot featured embedded duplex printing duplex printing print server to e 96 MB RAM connect to 10Base T e HP Jetdirect full e HP Jetdirect full 100Base TX featured embedded featured embedded networks print server to connect print server to to 10Base T connect to 10Base T 100Base TX 100Base TX networks networks e 500 sheet input tray tray 3 4 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW Features at a glance Table 1 5 Features Feature HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer printer printer Performance e 533 MHz processor e 360 MHz processor 533 MHz processor User interface e Graphic display e Graphic display Graphic display Control panel help HP Easy Printer Care Software a Windows or Macintosh based status and troubleshooting tool Windows and Macintosh printer drivers Embedded Web server to gain access to support and to order supplies administrator tool for network connected models only HP formatter Control panel help HP Easy Printer Care Software a Windows or Macintosh based status and troubleshooting tool Windows and Macintosh printer drivers
239. r Administrators Guide supplied with the print server If the host system and printer still do not communicate replace the formatter PCB or the ElO card and reconfigure the printer If the problem persists use a protocol analyzer to find the source of the problem A CAUTION HP LaserJet printers are not designed to work with mechanical switch box products that do not have surge protection These devices generate high transient voltages that cause permanent damage to the formatter PCB This circumstance is not covered under the Hewlett Packard warranty 222 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Service menu Using the Service menu The Service menu is PIN protected for added security Only authorized service technicians have access to the Service menu When you select SERVICE from the list of menus you are prompted to type your 8 digit PIN number The following are the appropriate PIN numbers HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printers 11300005 HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printers 11360005 HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printers 11380005 1 Press Menu to open the MENUS 2 Press W to highlight SERVICE and then press v 3 Press amp or W until the first digit of the PIN appears 4 Press v to save the digit The control panel display replaces the digit with an asterisk Press at any time to move to the previous digit 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 until all eight digits are typed Clear event log Use this item to clear the printer
240. r is generating the printer menu map and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed No action necessary Printing Printing PQ troubleshooting REGISTRATION PAGE The printer is generating the print quality troubleshooting pages and will return to the Ready state when the pages are printed The printer is generating the registration page and will return to the SET REGISTRATION menu when the page is printed Follow the instructions on the printed pages Follow the instructions on the printed pages Printing RGB SAMPLES The printer is generating the RGB samples No action necessary page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed Printing SUPPLIES STATUS The printer is generating the supplies status No action necessary page and will return to the Ready state when the page is printed Printing ENWW USAGE PAGE For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only No action necessary Control panel messages 189 Control panel message Description Recommended action The printer is generating the usage page and will return to the online Ready state when the page is printed Processing The printer is currently processing a job but is not yet picking pages When the media begins to move this message is replaced by a message that indicates the job status No action necessary Processing from tray X The prin
241. rements 100 to 127 V 10 220 to 240 V 10 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz 50 to 60 Hz 2 Hz Minimum recommended circuit capacity 6 5 A 3 5A 330 AppendixA Printer specifications ENWW Power consumption specifications Table A 4 Power consumption average in watts Product Model Printing Ready Sleep Off Heat output Ready BTU hour HP Color LaserJet 3000 409 29 13 0 5 100 HP Color LaserJet 3000n 409 29 13 0 5 100 HP Color LaserJet 3000dn 409 29 13 0 5 100 HP Color LaserJet 3000dtn 409 29 13 0 5 100 HP Color LaserJet 3600 337 51 15 0 5 171 HP Color LaserJet 3600n 337 51 15 0 5 171 HP Color LaserJet 3600dn 337 51 15 0 5 171 HP Color LaserJet 3800 437 48 15 0 5 162 HP Color LaserJet 3800n 437 48 15 0 5 162 HP Color LaserJet 3800dn 437 48 15 0 5 162 HP Color LaserJet 407 46 15 0 7 162 3800dtn The power consumption reflects the highest values measured for color and monochrome printing when using standard voltages HP Color LaserJet 3000 The printing speed is 15 ppm for letter size media and 29 ppm for A4 size media HP Color LaserJet 3600 The printing speed is 17 ppm for letter size media and 17 ppm for A4 size media HP Color LaserJet 3800 The printing speed is 20 ppm for letter size media and 21 ppm for A4 size media The default activation time from ready mode to sleep mode is 30 minutes The recovery time from sleep mode to the start of printing is 6 seconds Maximum heat dissipation f
242. rint cartridge is nearing the end of its useful life and the REPLACE SUPPLIES setting in SYSTEM SETUP is setto STOP AT LOW To override press v At least two print cartridges are out and need to be replaced 1 Order the print cartridge 2 Press v to continue or press for help 1 Press v to identify which supplies should be replaced 2 Press for help REPLACE SUPPLIES alternates with To continue press v More than one supply item is low and the REPLACE SUPPLIES setting in SYSTEM SETUP is set to STOP AT LOW 1 Press Menu and navigate to the SUPPLIES STATUS menu to identify which supplies should be ordered 2 Order the supplies 3 Press v to continue printing REPLACE SUPPLIES Override in use alternates with Ready REPLACE SUPPLIES Using black only alternates with Ready At least one print cartridge is out but printing is continuing Print quality problems might occur At least one color print cartridge is out Printing can continue but only the black cartridge is being used 1 Press v to identify which supplies should be ordered 2 Order the identified supplies 1 Press v to identify which supplies should be ordered 2 Order the identified supplies Request accepted please wait Resend upgrade Restoring factory settings The printer has accepted a request to print an internal page but the current job must finish printing before the internal page will pr
243. rinterns skyddshlje ppnas d apparaten r i funktion utsttas anvndaren fr osynlig laserstrining Betrakta ej strlen Tiedot laitteessa kytettvn laserdiodin steilyominaisuuksista Aallonpituus 775 795 nm Teho 5 m W Luokan 3B laser Regulatory statements ENWW Index Symbols Numerics 500 sheet feeder connector locations 239 driver PCA removing 163 leftt cover removing 158 rear cover removing 161 right cover removing 156 A accessibility features 6 acoustic specifications 332 after service checklist 73 agreements maintenance 337 alerts e mail 40 anticounterfeit Web site 33 assembly diagrams 240 B bad transmission errors 176 bin output fullmessage 192 locating 7 black or solid color pages troubleshooting 213 blank images troubleshooting 213 blank spots troubleshooting 216 both sides printing on 17 box contents 20 buffer overflow troubleshooting 176 buttons control panel 9 C calibrating the printer 38 Canadian DOC regulations 343 cardstock sizes supported 16 cartridges drive motors removing 99 drum rotation test 234 ENWW features 6 Genuine HP message 185 image formation system 61 incorrect installation message 185 install message 186 jam locations 195 life expectancy 33 non HP 33 188 operations 67 order message 188 remove all message 190 removing 74 replace message 191 replacement intervals 30 replacing 34 status messages 10 storing 33 supply level checking 34 testing 228 cassette capa
244. rive assembly 5 of 13 ENWW Internal assemblies 119 7 Remove one screw callout 8 and then lift up on the locking tab callout 9 to release it Remove the guide callout 10 34 Figure 5 63 Remove the pickup drive assembly 6 of 13 sil Q Hint When you reinstall the guide make sure that the rear locking tab is seated in the sheet metal chassis 120 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 8 Release the retainer tabs on the ETB connector link arm callout 11 and slide the link arm off of the pivot pin Figure 5 64 Remove the pickup drive assembly 7 of 13 Rotate the link arm until the tab on the pivot pin callout 12 is aligned with the slot in the link arm Remove the link arm O Hint The link arm causes the print cartridge shutter doors to open when the front cover is closed Ifthe shutter doors are not operating correctly make sure that the link arm is correctly installed Figure 5 65 Remove the pickup drive assembly 8 of 13 ENWW Internal assemblies 121 10 Remove two screws callout 13 and then remove the ETB connector bracket callout 14 Figure 5 66 Remove the pickup drive assembly 9 of 13 11 Remove one screw callout 15 and then remove the sheet metal support bracket callout 16 Figure 5 67 Remove the pickup drive assembly 10 of 13 122 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 12 Remove four screws callout 17 Figure 5 68 Remove the picku
245. rnal PCAs 303 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 05 97 0 OSE mm f Ta ODD Figure 7 24 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 ENWW Parts and diagrams 304 Chapter 7 ENWW Table 7 26 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 Ref Description 500 sheet feeder and cassette All 500 sheet cassette only tray 3 14 Cover 500 sheet cassette 25 Separation pad holder assembly 500 sheet feeder Part number Qty Q5985 67901 1 RM1 2732 000CN 1 RC1 6945 000CN 1 RM1 2735 000CN 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 305 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly 22A J4003 D iV 4013 20 J4004 SR4013 a J4013 er D gr Figure 7 25 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly 306 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 27 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly Ref All 20 21 22 22A 23 Description 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly Photointerruptor Cable option sensor Sensor media assembly Cable option media sensor 500 sheet feeder Paper pickup roller assembly 500 sheet feeder Part number Qty RM1 2725 000CN 1 WG8 5696 000CN 1 RM1 2625 000CN 1 RM1 2757 000CN 1 RM1 2624 000CN 1 RM1 2727 000CN 1 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly 307 500 sheet feeder PCA Figure 7 26 500 sheet feeder PCA 308 Ch
246. rnal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Cable memory tag RM1 2627 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Cable option media sensor 500 sheet feeder RM1 2624 000CN 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 Cable option sensor Cable panel RM1 2625 000CN RM1 2596 000CN 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Cable panel connecting RM1 2587 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cable paper full RM1 2628 000CN Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 Cable paper full duplex models Cable paper full simplex models RM1 2620 000CN RM1 2630 000CN External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 Cable power control RM1 2592 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cable scanner RM1 2594 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Cable scanner flat long HP CLJ 3000 Cable scanner flat long HP CLJ 3600 3800 RK2 0971 000CN RK2 0966 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Cable scanner flat short RK2 0967 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Cable sensor RM1 2603 000CN Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Cable solenoid RM1 2611 000CN I
247. rossmember drive side plate Cover shutter left Holder toner cartridge Cable scanner flat long HP CLJ 3000 Cable scanner flat long HP CLJ 3600 3800 Cable scanner flat short Cable scanner Drive motor assembly print cartridge HP CLJ 3600 3800 K Y C M cartridges HP CLJ 3000 Y C M cartridges only Drive motor assembly print cartridge HP CLJ 3000 K cartridge only Lever sensing Spring tension Cable memory tag Drive motor assembly black print cartridge HP CLJ 3000 only K motor Part number RC1 6584 000CN RC1 6589 000CN RC1 6593 000CN RC1 6594 000CN RC1 6596 000CN RC1 6605 000CN RC1 6668 000CN RC1 6682 000CN RC1 6823 000CN RC1 7544 000CN RC1 7545 000CN RC1 7576 000CN RC1 6651 000CN RC1 6771 000CN RK2 0971 000CN RK2 0966 000CN RK2 0967 000CN RM1 2594 000CN RM1 2689 000CN RM1 2773 000CN RC1 7597 000CN RC1 7598 000CN RM1 2627 000CN RM1 2773 000CN Internal components 269 DUPLEX MODEL SIMPLEX MODEL See duplex _ assembly A See ETB simplex models See paper pickup assembly SO C 7 11 be DUPLEX MODEL he 1 E v Figure 7 7 Internal components 3 of 5 ENWW Parts and diagrams 270 Chapter 7 ENWW Table 7 9 Internal components 3 of 5 10 11 16 24 25 26 28 28A 32 33 Description Cover gear Guide cass
248. rrect media type is present the cassette pickup operation begins 1 The DC controller receives a print command from the formatter and then begins rotating the pickup and feed motor M4 at the correct speed for the media type 2 Afterthe motor reaches the correct speed and the fuser is at the correct temperature the cassette pickup solenoid SL5012 turns on and the cassette pickup roller begins rotating 3 The cassette lifting plate lifts the paper stack and the cassette pickup roller picks up one sheet of media The separation pad prevents multi feeds DC controller PCA aA A ry A ry A E 8 GSSOS s g5858 o D 0 2 0 o D xD Cs ve 7 zozo ve ol oanl oo WW Wu wZz wZz x w u Sa o 2 0000 W O uz ng cr ILEILE Oe eS FE oE m a Ola 0 amp Fol uE N AOJO a THER uz ul oc w W oy Ww Lu a Lo Lo sis a O ne cc o iizi a U doo o n oO w W w WwW o O0 zz Lu Z FEFE ul Eo OW E o we yo Q o iu agas lt z lt x i Oo 7p 0 023025 O o a Iolo lt Hn OO O E E Lu E x SR714 Lu Registration SR7I0V a shutter 1 J lt x O Registration L roller SW2 bl H SL5012 Cassette pickup roller Paper separation pad Figure 4 7 Cassette pickup mechanism Pickup and feed system 55 Multipurpose tray pickup mechanism The cassette
249. rrect supplies error 185 internal clock errors 174 jams 195 jams control panel messages 175 LED diagnostics 225 light color 211 lightimages 211 media 207 memory 187 memory errors 176 misplaced images 218 non HP supplies 188 NVRAM initialization 235 paper path sensor test 228 paper path test 228 permanent storage errors 183 power on 172 print quality diagnostic pages 209 228 Print Stop test 232 RAM 190 RAM errors 180 repetitive defects 220 reversed color 218 sanitizing disk message 192 sensor test 229 serial data errors 176 Service menu 223 size mismatch error 192 smeared print 218 snail tracks 218 supplies 186 timing diagram 246 toner buildup 209 transparencies 208 trays 187 192 type mismatch error 193 unexpected size error 177 unexpected type error 177 USB storage device failure 193 vertical lines 214 white horizontal lines 215 Index 351 white vertical lines 214 two sided printing 17 type mismatch error 193 U unexpected size error 177 unexpected type error 177 UNIX model scripts 13 upper cover jams clearing 200 removing 80 usage page 39 USB I O buffer overflow 176 USB port locating 8 Macintosh setup 23 supported 5 Windows setup 22 USB storage device failure 193 V vacuuming toner 37 vertical lines troubleshooting black or colored 214 dotted 213 white 214 voltage specifications 330 Ww warranty 336 washing toner off clothing 37 Web sites anticount
250. rs 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 6795 000CN Cover guide crossmember Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 6823 000CN Bushing Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 6824 000CN RC1 6825 000CN Cover slide plate right Guard cable Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RC1 6945 000CN Cover 500 sheet cassette 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 RC1 7544 000CN RC1 7545 000CN RC1 7546 000CN Guide cable right 3 Guide cable right 4 Duct 1 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 RC1 7547 000CN Duct 2 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 7548 000CN Duct 3 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 7550 000CN Cover rear lower External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 RC1 7551 000CN Bracket left rear Internal components 4 of 5 on page 273 RC1 7552 000CN Spring tension Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 7554 000CN Latch left Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 RC1 7555 000CN Latch right Internal components 1 of 5 RC1 7576 000CN Crossmember drive side plate on page 267 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 RC1 7577 000CN Cover Internal components
251. rum for printing Detects the toner level cartridge presence and environment completes any required calibration color registration control and image stability The printer enters sleep mode when the formatter sends a sleep command and performs color registration and the image stability control when the formatter sends those commands 48 Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Table 4 1 Sequence of operation continued Period Duration Purpose Remarks PRINT From the end of INTR period Forms the images on the Performs image stabilization until the fuser paper sensor photosensitive drum and at a specified print interval or detects the trailing edge of transfers the toner image to at specified times paper the print media LSTR Last rotation From the end of the PRINT Moves the printed sheetoutof The printer enters the INTR period until the delivery motor the printer period as soon as the stops rotating formatter sends another print command Power on sequence Power on Developing roller disengagement check Engaged Developing roller engaged Transfer roller position detection Disengaged Out of home position i Home position Move to home position ETB cleaning Four drum registration Color misregistration correction Image stability control Standby Figure 4 2 Power on sequence ENWW Engine control system 49 Motors fans a
252. s e Check the control panel display for an error code e Check the memory e Check the formatter Is the LED off for about eight seconds while the boot code is decompressing before the display turns on If not then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the control panel display for correct connections and operation e Check the control panel display for an error code Does the LED blink at a steady rate of one blink per second If not then perform the following checks e Check the firmware e Check the formatter e X Check the control panel display for an error code If the control panel display does not illuminate perform an engine test to check the engine You must have media loaded in tray 2 for the engine test Diagnostics mode Some of the diagnostics tests automatically put the printer into a special diagnostics mode During the special diagnostics mode the printer performs actions that normally cause the printer to enter an error state Always follow the control panel directions in the DIAGNOSTICS menu to exit the special diagnostics mode correctly and return the printer to a normal state Diagnostics 225 Diagnostics that put the engine into the special diagnostics mode Four diagnostics tests put the engine into a special state e Disable cartridge check e Sensortest e Manual sensor test e Component test While the printer is in the special diagnostics mode the following message should app
253. s Details link Opens the supplies status page to view more detailed information about printer supplies ordering information and recycling information Provides device information including alerts for items that need attention Provides links to troubleshooting information and tools Provides links to the HP Web site for registration and support and for ordering supplies EZ NOTE Connect to the Internet to visit these Web sites Supplies Ordering window Provides access to online or e mail supplies ordering Alert Settings window Use to configure the printer to automatically notify of printer issues Ordering list Shows the supplies that can be ordered for each printer To order a certain item click the Order check box for that item in the supplies list Shop Online for Supplies Opens the HP supplies Web site in a new browser window The information about selected items can be transferred to the Web site Print Shopping List Prints the information about the selected supplies Email Shopping List Creates a text list of selected items The list can be copied into an e mail message that is sent to a supplier EZ NOTE Connect to the Internet to visit these Web sites Activate or deactivate the alerts feature for a certain printer Set when you want alerts to appear either when printing to that particular printer or whenever a printer event occurs Set alerts for only critical errors or for any error
254. s on the transfer unit Check the transfer unit surface for horizontal scratches If any replace the transfer unit C The fuser sleeve is deformed by remaining engaged with the pressure roller for too long See Table 6 26 Causes of repetitive defects on page 220 to determine whether the fuser sleeve is involved If so replace the fuser Image defects 215 Color missing Table 6 17 Causes for a missing color Cause Solution Defective laser shutter Check the problem color laser shutter Clean the shutter as necessary Replace the shutter if it is deformed or damaged Poor developing bias contacts For the cartridge with the problem color missing check the developing bias contacts to the high voltage PCB Clean contacts if dirty Replace defective parts if the contacts are deformed or damaged Defective cartridge primary charging roller Replace the problem color missing color cartridge Laser scanner unit is defective Replace the laser scanner for any missing color Calibrate the printer after replacing the laser scanner High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Blank spots Table 6 18 Causes for blank spots Cause Solution Poor secondary transfer bias contacts On the secondary transfer roller check the bias contacts to the high voltage PCB Clea
255. s oz OW o 0 ozon 7 E 2 L isosizi gl Le X Li c T T sr aues z f scan F 8 eo INVA L Em ta a eon fa 5 Sn a z a D Ca ET 9 o E esosrsr a a err D Pen nonn E i SOD gt 5a Li S x assi sc a 4 Terre t o 5 asorr O alaFrig 8 boae la sa Ast se 2 3on ausra g v Da AERE HE A 8 gE E 5 mias ow v M ail 4 inoddzqis it UNO T 2 o N g pit oL L aem 28 er umaa o 1 cuoi E E oN Ar d E z IZOGA t e ANNOS 6 E ease mx i zoan Te 8 ora SNSINOI T 5 onl anoo E 8 sassonsa 27 2 l dr siuiozier g aH i swsewor s 35 tH wwe v 75 eiiozaiec 1 gt sassvensa sj Ba WIESO 7 Al musei M SNSENOL Y EIE O V E ansar r aso e he wmaraza amp T t 2Z0aN 5 SNSPNOL ZiR a 7 Wma et fal 12 a amp SNSTNOL SE gt Wr O zzoan vr APER 25 m T gt nmaa E NS m Sawsiaw O a Iz aded Cem Lia Me ale so anet O amp q Troan zr 5 PE ou a H T Wm T 5 an anr REET TE E 3 o f Toant in Ba 38 Acer ey d 9 mem a i NS we c um Ha one ey j AND OF al ALB 2 ane ey 3 TID osno wr bo US odamna 8 5 iy a mm I roaoana se 1 k 3 ma Edu HEIST E 12 aster TS 9 t I nare j Ausa e 6 a mure 20 WNidoana e 4 o Er GNO tr SS ISNGAG 1E teor r er ji ZIOdA 9 a dae lt assar fe 8 Ez were Lia rr oe s D s awe s 2 S s E udsWidW 5 H Hu 2 zio TX ssususa hs anett GOONLIV F re M qsaasur sr ag T 5 inoaaras z7 EAP E sur a u
256. s the HP JetReady 4 2 Page Description Language PDL a host based printer language HP JetReady 4 2 uses the combined power of the computer and the printer to render the printed page in a Windows or Macintosh system environment HP JetReady 12 Chapter 1 Product information ENWW ENWW 4 2 transfers the prerendered pages from the host computer to the printer and communicates instructions to the printer about how to convert the pages to data that can be printed The HP JetReady 4 2 PDL driver is available on the installation CD for the following operating systems e Windows 98 Windows Millennium Edition Me e Windows 2000 e Windows XP 32 bit and 64 bit e Windows Server 2003 32 bit and 64 bit e Macintosh OS X V10 2 and later ET NOTE Not all printer features are available from all drivers or operating systems If your system did not automatically check the Internet for the latest drivers during software installation download them from www hp com go clj3600 software Additional drivers The following drivers are not included on the CD but are available from www hp com go clj3000 software or www hp com go clj3800 software These drivers are for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only e UNIX model scripts e Linux drivers e OS 2 PS and PCL printer driver ET NOTE The OS 2 drivers are available from IBM and are packaged with OS 2 They are not available for Traditional Chinese Simplified Chi
257. s with DO NOT POWER OFF For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The memory disk is being sanitized This process might take up to an hour During this time no jobs can be printed Do not turn off the printer Wait for the process to complete The printer automatically restarts at the end of the sanitation process Setting saved A menu selection has been saved No action necessary SIZE MISMATCH IN TRAY X alternates with Ready The tray is loaded with a media size that is different from the size for which the tray is configured Printing can continue from other trays but not from this one 1 Make sure the media guides are adjusted correctly 2 Onthe PAPER HANDLING menu configure the tray for the correct size Sleep mode on STANDARD TOP BIN FULL alternates with Remove all paper from bin The printer is in the sleep mode Any button press or data received clears the sleep mode The output bin is full Printing cannot continue No action necessary The printer automatically exits sleep mode Empty the output bin Printing resumes automatically To return to Ready press the STOP key The printer has paused Press Stop to resume printing TRAY X TYPE SIZE alternates with To change size or type press v The printer is reporting the current configuration of tray X No action necessary Press to clear the message Press v to change th
258. se tray assembly tray 1 296 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 22 Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 Description Part number Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 RM1 2711 000CN ENWW Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 297 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models See Duplexing reverse drive assembly See Duplexing feed drive assembly Figure 7 21 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models 298 Chapter 7 Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 23 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models Ref Description Part number Qty 1 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models RM1 2718 000CN 1 2 Position guide assembly duplex models RM1 2719 000CN 1 3 Lower guide assembly duplex models RM1 2722 000CN 1 ENWW Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models 299 Fuser Figure 7 22 Fuser ENWW Parts and diagrams 300 Chapter 7 Table 7 24 Fuser Description Part number Fuser assembly 110V 127V RM1 2665 000CN Fuser assembly 220V 240V RM1 2743 000CN ENWW Fuser 301 PCAs DUPLEX MODEL Figure 7 23 PCAs 302 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 25 PCAs Description DC controller PCA assembly HP CLJ 3000 DC controller PCA assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 High voltage PCA assembly Low voltage power PCA assembly 110V 127V Low voltage power PCA assembly 220V 240V Control panel assem
259. ses 0 Wdiiw z s ESI sa E wd gt waren 977 ur Ssawais sr 7 wwe v7 7 o3owasar st g 3 D id nman m g oovWeis sr Nig 8 i neue 6 zioaw l H 3 DOVWHS T Nj 9 PI 3 27 WWAdNEHI 77 S amp OSWSIS er id ge B snaran g E vita r7 i ager i Sawusa v7 88 amp anoji 8 3 zoo EL LI 14 isacawr er near SS omo 5 nos i H ie ansa 877 LO 2 9 e H 5 2 Sdwiaiso E mU ATE Caa MCSWMOHNI 2 2 g IMIVO SO t toa F H T8185 277 5a 5 Loa a gle ri oniveniscu o os m 72 WSSWdOdNi e 28 wore ee FEL sian ETETE gt t aswea O noaa L i E SJON F 1 J 4 s L r s ano o 4 55 mt wausu sr ia E i anse iNIvOuSdH et ma 2 OSNON 7 E c zzoaw d ap B Aeg LN S oNivouSdu 7 77 lim AS T x lie d el f mlo USUS i vas amp ge Sisdod s Gu sr pss 7 anot 5 se SWdSidW t m EGO 1 n dm H Gxwuswiaw ve D i rP aE E d Ne doo JA L2 saan o a WSSWLAW ET LN J pid cem UNO E amo 8 i ELTE DU SER z i aner ze k SAISIN Tr tr Kr aes 5 1B ovas i Ls SNe Sl E 1 SNidldW or A et Palin i viaa s SIssod 5 a ve f jm Saare 7 200 z DE ree ea 19 E Goce n Sovewa ez s WSSWISS z 5 neu Fall zs HG v e waswiso s H TT iz E GTISNISS s E zoo ERHI REEE ueswiss eS r l 5 ozaey H H Ca ere nl Baswiso 2a zm E ew FE SON S i anaj n ps ans 4 zeoan Cura SWGs sr 71 amens 8 e E oras LT oan Li 48 neer T SE I ZNAI ST a REELS ano ESNE z Lis g 5 Vera H g g i S3aewWa st o
260. sis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer 1 Remove the following components Fuser See Fuser on page 95 Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Right cover See Right cover on page 87 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 2 Disconnect four wire harness callout 1 J1004 J1005 J1002 and J1006 on the DC controller PCA and remove the wire harnesses from the retainer Figure 5 79 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 1 of 6 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 131 3 Remove four screws callout 2 and then remove the sheet metal shield callout 3 7 NOTE It might not appear that you need to remove the screw securing the high voltage power supply to the chassis but it must be removed to feed the low voltage power supply wire harnesses out of the printer later in this procedure 4 Remove one screw callout 4 Figure 5 81 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 3 of 6 132 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW 5 Disconnect one connector callout 5 and remove five screws callout 6 E NOTE Two of the screws have washers attached to them Make sure that these screws are reinstalled in the same place that they are removed from Figure 5 82 Remo
261. sites e wwWw hp com ssg parts direct order html e HP Parts Store www hp com buy parts e Partsurfer www partsurfer hp com e HP Parts Portal www hp com go HPparts How to use the parts lists and diagrams The figures in this chapter show the major subassemblies in the printer and their component parts A parts list table follows each exploded view assembly diagram Each table lists the item number the associated part number and the description of each part If a part is not listed in the table then it is not a field replacement unit FRU A CAUTION Be sure to order the correct part When looking for part numbers for electrical components pay careful attention to the voltage that is listed in the description column to ensure that the part number selected is for the correct printer model ET NOTE In this manual the abbreviation PCA stands for printed circuit board assembly components described as a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts such as cables and sensors Types of screws Illustration Description Size Part Number Use Screw w washer M3X8 XA9 1420 000CN Used to secure metal components to metal components for example a ground wire to the frame Screw RS M3X6 XA9 1499 000CN Used to secure metal to metal M3X10 Screw tapping truss MAX10 XB4 7401 000CN Used to secure anything disse head to plastic 6mm 8mm 10mm M3 M4 pe 0 O
262. splay is connected Check the two fuses on the power supply If necessary replace the power supply fo nu DU DU 09 9 Ie If necessary replace the DC controller ENWW Troubleshooting process 173 Control panel messages Control panel message Description Recommended action 10 32 00 UNAUTHORIZED SUPPLY Unauthorized supply in use alternates with For help press A new non HP supply has been installed This message appears until an HP supply is installed or you press Y If you believe that you purchased an HP supply go to www hp com go anticounterfeit Service or repairs that are required as a result of using non HP supplies are not covered under HP warranty To continue printing press v The first pending print job will be cancelled 10 92 YY CARTRIDGES NOT ENGAGED The print cartridges are not engaged correctly YY Description 00 Black 01 Cyan 02 Magenta 03 Yellow e Open and then close the front door e Ifthe message persists make sure all the print cartridges are seated correctly e Clean the contacts on the memory controller PCA o Make sure that connectors J302 J303 J304 and J305 on the memory controller PCA are seated correctly Also make sure that connector J1020 on the DC controller is seated correctly e Replace the memory controller PCA if it is damaged e Check the gears on the print cartridge drive motors Replace defective motors e Replace t
263. ss that is listed on the Jetdirect configuration page You might need to restore the IP address after performing a cold reset To perform a cold reset 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 When the printer begins its initialization sequence press and hold v until all LEDs are lit 3 Press W until COLD RESET appears and then press v NVRAM initialization AN CAUTION All HP Jetdirect settings are also reset Be sure to print a configuration page before performing an NVRAM initialization Make note of the IP address that is listed on the Jetdirect configuration page You need to restore the IP address after performing an NVRAM initialization Performing an NVRAM initialization resets the following settings and information e A All menu settings are reset to factory default values e All localization settings including language and country region are reset After performing an NVRAM initialization reconfigure any computers that print to this printer so that the computers can recognize the printer To perform an NVRAM initialization 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 When the printer begins its initialization sequence press and hold W until all LEDs are lit 3 Press A one time and then press Menu 4 Press W until NVRAM INIT appears and then press v Engine resets 235 Hard disk initialization A hard disk initialization erases and reformats the hard disk Perform a hard disk initialization only if an error
264. ssssss 332 Acoustic emissions for the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer 332 Acoustic emissions for theHP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printers ssssesssssss 332 Operating environment specifications essssssssssssssseeeeeemee e emnes 333 ENWW List of figures Figure 1 1 Front view shown with optional 500 sheet paper feeder 7 Figure 1 2 Back arid Side VIEW idees dun e te A a e e RV OE HUS DX Tae ce E T E ev Pd Lac e e Ex Eae CERE 8 Figure 1 3 Control panel buttons and lights sssssssssseeeee eene een nennen enne nnns 9 Figure 1 4 mince 10 Figure 2 1 What isin the shipping DOX ionic rene idee cene deed eoa ee ANAE AA e Dee echa Ee edges 20 Figure 3 1 Supplycsitem locations oie aee T rk aieo eng adie clas e N Gaui 31 Figure 4 1 Engine control system COmp neMS sirrinin ete detiene o sete annee as eda dana 48 Figure 4 2 Power on sequence ote cte eo ado ii ad ba leget tta bie e Et ien iate d tM lene teer 49 Figure 4 3 Motors fans and solenoids sseeesssssessessssesee nennen nnn nnne neni ense nnns rese a 50 Figure 4 4 Laser scanrier SyStelty i esset ere esaet De endete e nue e a Ran be aam ua Rae mong exam ua DE e TERR YER 52 Figure 4 5 Pickup and feed system eei te eade n ace t RE eee ka REL ee e ERR E Ie e ERR De ee ERRORS 53 Figure 4 6 Pickup and feed system sensors sssssssssssseseeeeeee eene enr en
265. standard e HP Jetdirect value featured HP Jetdirect full featured on the HP Color LaserJet 3000n embedded print server standard embedded print server standard 3000dn and 3000dtn printers on the HP Color LaserJet 3600n on the HP Color LaserJet 3800n and 3600dn printers 3800dn and 3800dtn printers e HP Web Jetadmin software standard on the HP Color e HP Web Jetadmin software HP Web Jetadmin software standard on the HP Color standard on the HP Color LaserJet 3600n and 3600dn printers ENWW Features at a glance 5 Table 1 5 Features continued Feature HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer printer printer LaserJet 3000n 3000dn and LaserJet 3800n 3800dn and 3000dtn printers 3800dtn printers Enhanced input output EIO slot e X Enhanced input output EIO slot Environmental features Sleep mode setting High content of recyclable components and materials ENERGY STAR qualified Supplies Supplies status page contains information about toner level page count and estimated pages remaining No shake cartridge design Printer checks for authentic HP print cartridges at cartridge installation Internet enabled supply ordering capabilities using HP Easy Printer Care Software Accessibility The online user guide is compatible with text screen readers Print cartridges can be installed and removed by using one hand All doors and covers can be opened by
266. system 59 60 HP CLJ 3000 approximately 2 0 seconds in Normal print mode HP CLJ 3600 for black printing in Normal mode 1 4 seconds for color printing 2 5 seconds HP CLJ 3800 approximately 2 5 seconds in Normal print mode Residual paper jam The printing operation stops when any of the following sensors detects media during the initial sequence period Top of page sensor SR710 Paper warp sensor SR6001 Fuser paper sensor SR6005 Duplexing reverse sensor SR823 Multipurpose tray MPT paper position sensor SR708 Door open jam The printing operation stops when the DC controller detects that a printer door is open Chapter 4 Theory of operation ENWW Image formation system The image formation system which forms a toner image on media consists of several interdependent systems e Electrostatic latent image formation e Developing e Transfer e Fuser e Drum cleaning The printer includes four print cartridges that contain the toner than is used to create the image on the media Toner is applied in the following order using only the colors necessary for a specific image magenta M cyan C yellow Y and black Bk Figure 4 9 Image formation system ENWW Fuser B3 Primary exposure LED Laser Scanner unit _ Laser beam LN e ye oo ai Cen Pete il ie Y
267. t cover assembly duplex model on page 265 Firmware Compact Flash HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series only Q7725 67903 PCAs on page 303 Firmware Compact Flash HP Color LaserJet 3600 3800 Series only Q7725 67902 PCAs on page 303 Flag developing estrangement developing separation Foot rear Foot rubber assembly front RC1 6605 000CN RC1 6650 000CN RL1 1067 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Internal components 3 of 5 on page 271 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3000n Series only 128 MB Q5982 69001 PCAs on page 303 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3000dn and 3000dtn Series only 256 MB Q5982 69002 PCAs on page 303 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3800 and 3800n Series only 128 MB Q5982 69001 PCAs on page 303 Formatter exchange HP Color LaserJet 3800dn and 3800dtn Series only 256 MB Q5982 69002 PCAs on page 303 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3000n Series only 128 MB Q5982 67907 PCAs on page 303 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3000dn and 3000dtn Series only 256 MB Q5982 67908 PCAs on page 303 Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3800 and 3800n Series only 128 MB Formatter new HP Color LaserJet 3800dn and 3800dtn Series only 256 MB Q5982 67907 Q5982 67908 PCAs on page 303 PCAs on page 303 Fro
268. t feeder 2 of 4 166 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 3 of 4 166 Remove the media sensor 500 sheet feeder 4 of 4 167 Jam locations printer shown without optional tray 3 195 Repetitive defect ruler m eren nnn nennen nnns nnne nnne rennen 221 Door switch and fuser interloka irran a e EEA REEE A nennen emnes 227 Erigine test page tabe eti a To n a ete odewee tte 233 Printer connector locatore iers bet EE cr Ie DE Da Lo e ated en artt de 238 500 sheet tray connector locations ssssssseeeeennemeeennem nennen nennen enne 239 Major assemblies 1 of 5 2 2 ine tete oo ted vba per ide abe ped ibo Leda obo edo a uide uds 240 Major assemblies 2 Of 5 iterato ic e d e t D M EH TR 241 Major assemblies 3 0f 5 ri e ended Uer hth erue etie eee ded dee eed eee 242 Major assemblies 4 Of nee e en de Ae eto t dte 243 Major assemblies b of 5 i rece pi edente edes Riad dete edle i de 244 DG controller Connectors iot pda et et diet nte 245 Timing diagram HP LaserJet 3000 3800 ssesssseeeneene eene 246 Timing diagram HP LaserJet 3600 ssssssssseseneeeeene nennen nennen 247 General circuit diagram 1 of 2 eee entender nennen Re Reine a ne Rn ete enean 249 General circuit diagram 2 Of 2 5 beide cec dee od C ee debe tede 250 External panels and covers 1 of 2 eee enne nne 258 External panels and covers 2 of 2 ennemis 260 Front cover ass
269. ta d arx dad a E Dad AAA EAEE 216 Causes for blank spots tete Rhe Ner o Ree eR ERR EVER NN S AR ARUM FERRO NNNM RRAA XX ceaneecanaadenss 216 Causes tor poor TUSIIg occid IE ELE A P DEus asa e des Rea Rua Dde no ve dace ades due 216 Causes for distortion or blurring essen nennen nennen nnne 217 Causes for color misregistratlOri 2 tierno tbe odes bete Doe td b ve etr udo uuu pe ce dag R cde 217 Causes for SImearing oi ne e a tain eta o ee i o m d d aub e bua 218 Causes for a misplaced IMage c c cccceccctceeeeeeccnecteedeecaneceeedeanaeseeneeanaaesnendecauhecnadeccaateseedeaateneedeas 218 Causes for reversed color sssssssssssssssssssssse nennen entren nennen EEEE nennen 218 Causes for sriall tracks rr ete e eat re e e TII HE RARE FERENT eI LEUR Ta ER ARR PEE aad 218 Causes of repetitive Cefects cccccccccccccccccceceeeeececeeeeseeessesscececeeeeeeseeesaeseseaesaeassseseseseseeeseseneess 220 Communication Check itr rre eee ed ce erate eee EE FH Hd ie Pada T a 222 IMENIEUISIEIUM c M u 230 xi Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Table 7 7 Table 7 8 Table 7 9 Table 7 10 Table 7 11 Table 7 12 Table 7 13 Table 7 14 Table 7 15 Table 7 16 Table 7 17 Table 7 18 Table 7 19 Table 7 20 Table 7 21 Table 7 22 Table 7 23 Table 7 24 Table 7 25
270. te ee raa RU ated aa ates 287 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 sss eene nnns 289 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3000 ssssssseeeee eene eene nennen nenne 291 Electronic transfer belt simplex models snnm emen 293 Electronic transfer belt duplex models seeee enn enne 295 Multipurpose tray assembly tray 1 eene nnns 297 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models sssssssssesenes 299 RU EIE ERMSES 301 lacu M C 303 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 sesenta nnne 305 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly sss 307 500 sheet feeder PCA aa a aaa a ra aa Da a aaa aaae a a anaa aAa aaa Taaa SEa ERE DEAT 309 Alphiabeticaliparts llst 2 ade Uie aa te ee iot euet e eaae doe ert de dae a e eea 310 Numerical parts liSl 5 iere e eet rete teer te teet Pese ep ances evden adel 319 Electrical specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printers 330 Electrical specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer 330 Electrical specifications for the HP Color LaserJet 3800 Series printer 330 Power consumption average in watts nennen 331 Acoustic emissions for the HP Color LaserJet 3000 Series printers ssseuus
271. ted replace the transfer unit Poor secondary transfer bias contacts exist On the secondary transfer roller check the bias contacts to the high voltage PCB Clean them if necessary Replace defective parts and deformed or damaged contacts The secondary transfer charging roller is deformed or has Replace the secondary transfer charging roller deteriorated The high voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB The DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Light color Use an external device to print a solid filled image as an example of the problem As the sample prints turn the printer off and remove the cartridge Open the cartridge shutter If the toner image on the drum before transfer is light go to step A If the toner image on the photosensitive drum is not fully transferring to the transfer unit go to step B in the following table Table 6 5 Causes for one color printing light Cause Solution Step A Poor developing bias contacts Check the developing bias contacts to the high voltage PCB Clean the contacts as necessary Image defects 211 Table 6 5 Causes for one color printing light continued Cause Solution Replace any deformed or damaged contacts Deteriorated cartridge photosensitive Replace the cartridge that drum produces the light color Defective high voltage PCB Replace the high voltage PCB Defective DC controller PCB Replace the DC contr
272. tely settles in the output bin before removing it The media is in poor condition The internal rollers do not pick up media from tray 2 or tray 3 Replace the media Remove the top sheet of media If it is heavier than 163 g m 43 Ib it might not be picked from the tray The media has rough or jagged edges Replace the media The media is perforated or embossed This type of media does not separate easily You might need to feed single sheets from the multipurpose tray The supplies have reached the end of their useful life Check the printer control panel for messages prompting you to replace supplies or print a supplies status page to verify the remaining life of the supplies The media was not stored correctly Replace the media Media should be stored in the original packaging in a controlled environment Troubleshooting ENWW Clearing jams Procedures in the following sections correspond with a jam message that might appear on the control panel Jam in the multipurpose tray tray 1 1 Remove the media from the tray Grasp the jammed sheet by both corners and pull 2 Place the media stack in the tray 3 197 Jams ENWW 4 Confirm that the media guides are against the stack without bending it and that the stack does not extend above the fill tabs 5 Press v to resume printing Jam in tray 2 or tray 3 1 Ifthe optional tray 3 is installed
273. ter is actively processing a job from the designated tray No action necessary RAM DISK DEVICE FAILURE alternates with Ready To clear press v RAM DISK FILE OPERATION FAILED alternates with Ready To clear press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The RAM disk has failed For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer received a PJL file system command that attempted to perform an illogical operation for example to download a file to a nonexistent directory 1 Printing can continue for jobs that do not require the RAM disk 2 To clear this message press v 1 Printing can continue 2 Toclear this message press v 3 Ifthe message reappears a problem might exist with the software program RAM DISK FILE SYSTEM IS FULL alternates with Ready To clear press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The printer received a PJL file system command to store something on the file System but the file system is full 1 Use HP Web Jetadmin software to delete files from the RAM disk memory and try again 2 To clear this message press v RAM DISK IS WRITE PROTECTED alternates with Ready To clear press v For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The file system is protected and no new files can be written to it 1 To enable writing to the RAM disk memory use HP Web Jetadmin
274. the DC controller PCB 212 Chapter6 Troubleshooting ENWW Completely blank image Table 6 8 Causes for a completely blank image Cause Solution High voltage PCB is defective no developing bias output Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller All black or solid color Table 6 9 Causes for an all black or solid colored image Cause Solution Poor contacts with the primary charging bias developing On the cartridge that is producing the solid color check the bias or drum grounding primary charging bias and developing bias contacts to the high voltage PCB or the drum grounding contacts Clean the contacts as necessary Replace any deformed or damaged contacts Cartridge primary charging roller is defective Replace the cartridge that is producing the solid color High voltage PCB is defective Replace the high voltage PCB DC controller PCB is defective Replace the DC controller PCB Calibrate the printer after replacing the DC controller Dots in vertical lines Table 6 10 Causes for vertical lines of white dots Cause Solution Transfer unit or primary transfer charging roller is deformed Replace the transfer unit or deteriorated Secondary transfer charging roller is deformed or Replace the secondary transfer charging roller deteriorated High voltage PCB is defective Replace th
275. the cartridges during certain tests in order to rotate and isolate certain components and to protect the cartridges and ETB Press Menu to open the MENUS Press W to highlight DIAGNOSTICS and then press v Press W to highlight COMPONENT TEST and then press v Select the component test options when the printer prompts you Menus cannot be opened during component tests so serves the same function as the Stop button You can perform the following component tests Transfer motors This test turns the components that are involved in the image transfer process the cartridge motors the ETB motor and belt and the print cartridges if the ETB is closed You can remove or install print cartridges during this test Belt only This test turns only the ETB motor and belt The control panel display prompts you to remove the cartridges because the ETB belt contacts the photosensitive drums and cannot turn without them also rotating the drums Rotating the photosensitive drums can damage the belt or photosensitive drums If covers are removed you must manually activate the door switch after removing the cartridges in order to run the test Cartridge motors This test rotates only the print cartridge drive motors The control panel display prompts you to remove at least one cartridge because the ETB belt contacts the photosensitive drums and cannot turn without also rotating the drums The engine rotates the cartridge motor s for only the cartrid
276. three screws callout 2 and the sheet metal plate callout 3 Ne Figure 5 47 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 2 of 4 Disconnect two connectors callout 4 J403 and J405 on the driver PCA and remove the wire harnesses from the two retainers callout 5 Figure 5 48 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 3 of 4 I Ld U Hint When you reinstall the developing separation drive assembly the upper solenoid wire harness connects to J405 and the lower solenoid wire harness connects to J403 Internal assemblies 109 5 Remove three screws callout 6 to release the developing separation drive assembly i w A w Figure 5 49 Remove the developing separation drive assembly 4 of 4 ET NOTE The upper drive gear callout 7 behind the developing separation drive assembly is not captive Be careful not to lose the gear 110 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW Pickup and feed assembly 1 Remove the following components e Front cover See Front cover on page 75 e Left cover See Left cover on page 84 2 Disconnect one connector callout 1 on the left side of the printer o Hint Remove the wire harness from the guide on the pickup and feed assembly to make it easier to detach the connector Figure 5 50 Remove the pickup and feed assembly 1 of 8 ENWW Internal assemblies 111 3 Remove one screw callout 2 and then remove the gear cover
277. tion 2 laser Y Description 0 Black 1 Cyan 2 Yellow 3 Magenta 1 Press v to continue 2 Ifthe message persists turn the printer off and then on 3 Reseat DC controller connectors J1010 J1012 and J1021 Reseat laser scanner unit connectors J101 J102 J5001A and J5001B 4 Replace the flat cable 5 Replace the laser scanner unit as necessary 6 Replace the DC controller PCB as necessary 53 10 01 ERROR UNSUPPORTED RAM For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The memory DIMM is not a supported DIMM Install a supported DIMM 53 XY ZZ alternates with CHECK RAM DIMM SLOT Forthe HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series printer only A printer error has occurred 1 Turn the printer off and then on 2 Ifthe message persists replace the DIMM 3 Replace the formatter 54 XX ERROR An error has occurred with one of the toner level sensors XX Description 15 Yellow 16 Magenta 1 Make sure that connector J1020 on the DC controller is seated correctly 2 Replace the memory controller PCA 3 Replace the DC controller 180 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Recommended action Control panel message Description 17 Cyan 18 Black 55 XX YY DC CONTROLLER ERROR alternates with To continue turn off then on A communication error between the DC controller and the formatter has occurred 3 Turn the printer off Reconn
278. to release the fuser 3 Rotate the fuser up and out of the printer Figure 5 30 Remove the fuser ENWW Internal assemblies 95 Duplex fan EA NOTE The printer shown is the duplex model and has a duplex fan mounted to the front cover assembly Simplex model printers do not have this part If you are repairing a simplex model printer ignore this procedure 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the two screws callout 1 that secure the fan to the front cover and one screw that secures the wire harness cover callout 2 Figure 5 31 Remove the duplex fan 1 of 3 96 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement ENWW 3 Useasmallflatblade screwdriver to release the wire harness cover locking tab callout 3 Remove the harness cover Figure 5 32 Remove the duplex fan 2 of 3 ET NOTE When you reinstall the duplex fan wire harness make sure that the wire harness is clipped correctly to the door ENWW Internal assemblies 97 4 Disconnect one connector callout 4 and remove the fan Figure 5 33 Remove the duplex fan 3 of 3 L Ld est Li Hint When you reinstall the duplex fan wire harness make sure that the wire harness is clipped correctly to the door 98 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW Print cartridge drive motors ET NOTE The HP Color LaserJet 3000 uses a different black print cartridge drive motor from the HP Color LaserJet 3600 3800 printer You must use the correct black
279. to turn off write protection 2 To clear this message press v RAM DISK X Initializing alternates with DO NOT POWER OFF For the HP Color LaserJet 3000 and 3800 Series printers only The new RAM disk installed in slot X is initializing No action necessary Receiving upgrade A firmware upgrade is in progress Do not turn the printer off until the printer returns to Ready REMOVE ALL PRINT CARTRIDGES alternates with To exit press STOP key REMOVE AT LEAST ONE PRINT CARTRIDGE alternates with To exit press STOP key The printer is performing a component test The printer is performing a disable cartridge check or component test Remove all print cartridges After diagnostics are complete reinstall all print cartridges Remove one print cartridge After the test is complete reinstall the print cartridge 190 Chapter 6 Troubleshooting ENWW Control panel message Description Recommended action REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE out alternates with For help press The print cartridge has reached its end of life Printing will not continue until the cartridge is replaced Press for help Or if the cartridge is new 1 Replace the memory controller PCB 2 Replace the DC controller PCB REPLACE COLOR CARTRIDGE REPLACE SUPPLIES STOP AT LOW alternates with To continue press v REPLACE SUPPLIES alternates with For status press v The p
280. tration sensor RC1 6612 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Cover right RM1 2669 000CN External panels and covers 1 of 2 on page 259 Cover shutter left Cover slide plate right RC1 6651 000CN RC1 6824 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 1 of 5 on page 267 Crossmember drive side plate RC1 7576 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 DC controller PCA assembly HP CLJ 3000 RM1 2600 000CN PCAs on page 303 DC controller PCA assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 RM1 2580 000CN PCAs on page 303 Developing separation estrangement drive assembly RM1 2687 000CN Developing separation drive assembly on page 283 DIMM 64 MB DDR SDRAM HP Color LaserJet 3600 Series only Q7800 67951 PCAs on page 303 Drive motor assembly black print cartridge HP CLJ 3000 only K motor RM1 2773 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Drive motor assembly print cartridge HP CLJ 3000 K cartridge only Drive motor assembly print cartridge HP CLJ 3600 3800 K Y C M cartridges HP CLJ 3000 Y C M cartridges only RM1 2773 000CN RM1 2689 000CN Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Internal components 2 of 5 on page 269 Driver PCA RM1 2581 000CN PCAs on page 303 Duct 1 RC1 7546 000CN Internal components 5 of 5 on page 275 Duct
281. ts ENWW Tools for troubleshooting 45 46 Chapter 3 Maintenance ENWW ENWW Theory of operation This chapter presents an overview of the major components of the HP Color LaserJet 3000 3600 3800 Series printers and includes a detailed discussion of the image formation system e Engine control system e Laser scanner system e Pickup and feed system e Image formation system 47 Engine control system The engine control system coordinates all printer functions and drives the other three systems The engine control system contains these components e DC controller e High voltage power supply PCB e Low voltage power unit r I I I I I I I I l Formatter I I I I I I I I I I Figure 4 1 Engine control system components Table 4 1 Sequence of operation High voltage power supply PCA Period Duration Purpose Remarks WAIT STBY Standby period INTR Initial rotation From the time the power is turned on or the door is closed until the drum phase adjustment is complete From end of the WAIT or LSTR period until either the print command is received from the formatter or the power is turned off From the time the print command is received until the media is picked up Clears the potential from the drum surface adjusts the drum phase and cleans the ETB Maintains the printer in readiness for a print command Prepares the photosensitive d
282. tware ET NOTE You do not have to have Internet access to open and use the HP Easy Printer Care Software However if you click a Web based link you must have Internet access to go to the site that is associated with the link Supported operating systems The HP Easy Printer Care Software is supported for Windows 2000 and Windows XP To use the HP Easy Printer Care Software Use one of the following methods to open HP Easy Printer Care Software e Onthe Start menu select Programs select HP and then select HP Easy Printer Care Software e In the Windows system tray in the lower right corner of the desktop double click the HP Easy Printer Care Software icon Double click the desktop icon Tools for troubleshooting 43 HP Easy Printer Care Software sections Section Description Overview tab Contains basic status information for the printer Support tab Provides help information and links Devices list Shows the printers that you can select Device Status section Shows printer status information including printer alert conditions such as an empty print cartridge device identification information control panel messages and print cartridge levels After correcting a printer problem click to update the section Supplies Status section Shows detailed supplies status such as the percentage of toner remaining in the print cartridges and the status of the media that is loaded in each tray Supplie
283. uide crossmember Spring tension Latch left Latch right Duct 2 Duct 3 Cable panel Part number RC1 6631 000CN RC1 6632 000CN RC1 6633 000CN RC1 6636 000CN RC1 6636 000CN RC1 6643 000CN RC1 6645 000CN RC1 7618 000CN RC1 6824 000CN RC1 7583 000CN RK2 0954 000CN RC1 6640 000CN RC1 6641 000CN RC1 6677 000CN RC1 6629 000CN RC1 6571 000CN RC1 6573 000CN RC1 6575 000CN RM1 2771 000CN RM1 2683 000CN RM1 2684 000CN RM1 2589 000CN RC1 6744 000CN RC1 6795 000CN RC1 7552 000CN RC1 7554 000CN RC1 7555 000CN RC1 7547 000CN RC1 7548 000CN RM1 2596 000CN Internal components 267 See duplex separation drive assembly HP CLJ 3000 Ma J5006 K See fuser drive assembly M8 J5005 Y M7 J5004 C M6 J5003 M m nl M9 J5006 K M8 J5005 Y DEREN M7 J5004 C D M6 J5003 MK p rA xm 24 HP CLJ 3600 3800 16 N 19 010 fi 9101 SEE J1012 od 304 303 J102 4302 20 Figure 7 6 Internal components 2 of 5 268 Chapter7 Parts and diagrams ENWW ENWW Table 7 8 Internal components 2 of 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 Description Cam gear 48T Gear 41T Gear 19T 30T Gear 31T Gear 17T 41T Flag developing estrangement developing separation Cover crossmember upper Guide cable right 1 Bushing Guide cable right 3 Guide cable right 4 C
284. ve the low voltage power supply PCA 4 of 6 6 Use needle nose pliers to gently squeeze the retainer tabs on the PCA standoff and carefully pull up on the PCA to release it Figure 5 83 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 5 of 6 ENWW Printed circuit assemblies PCAs 133 7 Lift the low voltage power supply PCA off of the printer chassis 4 N Figure 5 84 Remove the low voltage power supply PCA 6 of 6 134 Chapter5 Removal and replacement ENWW ENWW DC controller PCA A fa CAUTION ESD PCAs are sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD Look for the ESD reminder when removing PCAs Always perform service work at an ESD protected workstation or mat If an ESD workstation or mat is not available ground yourself by touching the sheet metal chassis before touching an ESD sensitive part Protect the ESD sensitive parts by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the printer Remove the following components Formatter cage See Formatter cage on page 92 Fuser See Fuser on page 95 Upper cover See Upper cover fuser door on page 80 Rear lower cover See Rear lower cover on page 83 Left cover See Left cover on page 84 Rear upper cover See Rear upper cover on page 91 Disconnect all of the wire harness connectors and FFCs on the DC controller PCA eight wire harness connectors and eight FFCs A CAUTION Do not bend or fold the FFCs during removal
285. x paper feed assembly duplex models on page 299 RM1 2719 000CN Position guide assembly duplex models Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models on page 299 RM1 2720 000CN Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models Duplexing feed drive assembly duplex models on page 279 RM1 2721 000CN RM1 2722 000CN Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models Lower guide assembly duplex models Duplexing reverse drive assembly duplex models on page 281 Duplex paper feed assembly duplex models on page 299 RM1 2725 000CN 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly 500 sheet feeder paper pickup assembly on page 307 RM1 2732 000CN 500 sheet cassette only tray 3 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 RM1 2735 000CN Separation pad holder assembly 500 sheet feeder 500 sheet feeder cassette tray 3 on page 305 326 Chapter Parts and diagrams ENWW Table 7 30 Numerical parts list continued Part number Description Table and page RM1 2741 000CN Multipurpose tray roller HP CLJ 3600 3800 Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 on page 289 RM1 2743 000CN Fuser assembly 220V 240V Fuser on page 301 RM1 2750 000CN Face down tray assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 External panels and covers 2 of 2 on page 261 RM1 2755 000CN Paper pickup assembly HP CLJ 3600 3800 Paper pic
286. y 02 Dead real time clock A jam has occurred inside the front door Open the front door and clear the jam 13 XX YY DUPLEX PATH JAM FRONT DOOR alternates with For help press 13 XX YY FUSER JAM INSIDE TOP COVER alternates with For help press A jam has occurred in the duplex output area inside the front door A jam has occurred in the fuser Open the front door and clear the jam Open the top cover and clear the jam CAUTION The fuser is hot Wait 10 minutes for it to cool 13 XX YY JAM IN TRAY 1 alternates with Clear jam then press v A page is jammed in the multipurpose tray Clear the jam and then press v 13 XX YY JAM IN TRAY X A page is jammed in tray 2 Remove tray 2 clear the jam and then reinstall tray 2 13 XX YY JAM IN TRAY X alternates with Clear jam then press v 13 XX YY JAM INSIDE FRONT DOOR alternates with For help press A page is jammed in the multipurpose tray or tray 3 A jam has occurred inside the front door Clear the jam and then press v Press for help 13 XX YY JAM INSIDE TOP COVER alternates with For help press A page is jammed underneath the front cover Open the front door and remove any jammed media ENWW Control panel messages 175 Control panel message Description Recommended action 20 INSUFFICIENT MEMORY alternates with For help press To continue press v 22 EIO X B
287. zes supported 16 operating environment 333 paper types supported 16 physical 21 speed HP Color LaserJet 3000 3 HP Color LaserJet 3600 HP Color LaserJet 3800 4 static discharge 70 status e mail alerts 40 supplies 10 storing print cartridges 33 supplies anticounterfeit Web site 33 e mail alerts 40 features 6 Genuine HP message 185 incorrect installation message 185 install message 186 locating 31 non HP 33 174 188 order message 188 print cartridges checking level 34 replace message 191 replacement guidelines 31 replacement intervals 30 status messages 10 supplies status page 39 support technical 253 switch boxes 222 A T technical support 253 Technical Training 253 temperature specifications 333 tests components 230 Diagnostics menu 224 diagnostics mode 225 disable cartridge check 228 drum rotation 234 engine 233 ENWW eventlog 227 formatter 233 half self 233 paper path 228 paper path sensor 228 print quality 228 Print Stop 232 sensor 229 types of 226 timing diagrams 246 toner buildup troubleshooting 209 cleaning spilled 37 poor fusing 216 smearing 218 toner cartridges See print cartridges tools required 71 top cover locating 7 removing 80 total page count 223 Training HP Technical 253 transfer stage 64 transparencies print quality troubleshooting 208 sizes supported 16 trays action not currently available error 184 configuring 192 empty 192 HP Color LaserJet 3000 included 3 HP C

HP Color LaserJet 3000/3600/3800 Series Service Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents